SSD-4000 - MedWrench

Transcription

MN1-1175 Rev.9
ULTRASOUND DIAGNOSTIC
EQUIPMENT
SSD-4000
Manual Number : MN1-1175
Rev.9
0123
MN1-1175 Rev.9
VS-FlexGrid Pro
Copyright(C)1999 Videosoft Corporation
Portions of this software are based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Safety alert symbols
Safety alert symbols
The four indications [Danger], [Warning], [Caution] and [Note] used on this equipment and in this instruction manual have the following meaning.
Danger
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
A warning message is inserted here.
Warning
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
A warning message is inserted here.
Caution
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.
A caution message is inserted here.
Note
Indicates a strong request concerning an item that must be observed in order to prevent damage or deterioration of the equipment and also to ensure that it is used efficiently.
An explanatory text is inserted here.
1
MN1-1175 Rev.9
CONTENTS
This book consists of two separate volumes.
These two volumes have the same table of contents and the index respectively.
1. Measurement Functions
1-1.
1-2.
1-3.
1-4.
1-5.
1-6.
1-7.
1-8.
1-9.
1-10.
1-11.
1-12.
Preface.......................................................................................................................................................... 1-1
Flow of Measurement Operations................................................................................................................ 1-3
Switches Used for Measurement.................................................................................................................. 1-4
1-3-1.
The function of the panel switch used by measurement operation .............................................. 1-4
Basic Operation Procedure for Measurement .............................................................................................. 1-5
1-4-1.
Method of starting measurement.................................................................................................. 1-5
Explanation of Measurement Menus ......................................................................................................... 1-10
1-5-1.
Changing the measurement menu .............................................................................................. 1-10
1-5-2.
Changing the measurement application ..................................................................................... 1-10
Executing Application Measurement Using Transfer Function ................................................................ 1-11
Measurement Mark and Measurement Method ......................................................................................... 1-13
1-7-1.
Basic types of marks .................................................................................................................. 1-13
1-7-2.
Auxiliary line type marks........................................................................................................... 1-13
1-7-3.
Display mark .............................................................................................................................. 1-14
1-7-4.
The basic operating method each mark type.............................................................................. 1-14
Basic measurement functional outline ....................................................................................................... 1-26
1-8-1.
Functional outline....................................................................................................................... 1-26
Measurement operation procedure............................................................................................................. 1-29
1-9-1.
B mode ....................................................................................................................................... 1-29
1-9-2.
M mode ...................................................................................................................................... 1-47
1-9-3.
D mode ....................................................................................................................................... 1-52
1-9-4.
B/D mode ................................................................................................................................... 1-65
1-9-5.
B (Flow) mode ........................................................................................................................... 1-70
1-9-6.
VCR Calibration......................................................................................................................... 1-74
Preset Function........................................................................................................................................... 1-79
1-10-1. Composition of the preset function ............................................................................................ 1-79
1-10-2. Basic operations and function of each button ............................................................................ 1-80
1-10-3. Initializing Preset ....................................................................................................................... 1-81
1-10-4. Create MEASUREMENT Tools................................................................................................ 1-82
1-10-5. Application Measurement Tools ................................................................................................ 1-90
1-10-6. Study Assignment ...................................................................................................................... 1-96
1-10-7. SW Assignment.......................................................................................................................... 1-98
Calculation Formula & Reference ........................................................................................................... 1-101
1-11-1. Calculation ............................................................................................................................... 1-101
Abbreviation............................................................................................................................................. 1-104
2. Obstetrical Measurement
2-1.
2-2.
Preface.......................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
Outline of Obstetrics Measurement Functions............................................................................................. 2-1
2-2-1.
Outline of Function ...................................................................................................................... 2-1
2
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
2-7.
2-2-2.
List of obstetrical measurement name built into system .............................................................. 2-4
2-2-3.
Items of Special Note.................................................................................................................... 2-8
Measurement operation procedure ............................................................................................................... 2-9
2-3-1.
B mode........................................................................................................................................ 2-10
2-3-2.
M mode....................................................................................................................................... 2-24
2-3-3.
D mode........................................................................................................................................ 2-26
2-3-4.
Multiple pregnancies .................................................................................................................. 2-31
2-3-5.
Interval Growth Rate .................................................................................................................. 2-33
Report function ........................................................................................................................................... 2-34
2-4-1.
Basic Operation of a Report ....................................................................................................... 2-34
2-4-2.
Report Block...............................................................................................................................2-35
2-4-3.
Description of Various Data Displayed in a Report ................................................................... 2-39
2-4-4.
Function that Attaches an Ultrasound Image to a Report........................................................... 2-54
2-4-5.
Printing Function ........................................................................................................................ 2-57
2-4-6.
Output to a Personal Computer................................................................................................... 2-59
2-4-7.
Output to a CSV file ................................................................................................................... 2-60
Preset function ............................................................................................................................................ 2-61
2-5-1.
Preset Settings............................................................................................................................. 2-61
2-5-2.
PRESET list ................................................................................................................................ 2-63
Calculation Formula & Reference & Table................................................................................................2-72
2-6-1.
Calculation.................................................................................................................................. 2-72
2-6-2.
Anatomy Check List ................................................................................................................... 2-76
2-6-3.
BPP Scoring................................................................................................................................ 2-78
2-6-4.
References................................................................................................................................... 2-80
2-6-5.
Data in the fetal growth table inside the system ......................................................................... 2-93
Abbreviation ............................................................................................................................................. 2-134
3. Gynecological Measurement
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
Preface .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-1
Outline of gynecological Measurement Functions....................................................................................... 3-2
3-2-1.
Outline of Function....................................................................................................................... 3-2
3-2-2.
Items of Particular Note................................................................................................................ 3-3
3-3-1.
B mode.......................................................................................................................................... 3-4
3-3-2.
D mode........................................................................................................................................ 3-11
Report function ........................................................................................................................................... 3-13
3-4-1.
3-4-2.
Report Block...............................................................................................................................3-14
3-4-3.
3-4-4.
3-4-5.
3-4-6.
3-4-7.
Preset function ............................................................................................................................................ 3-31
3-5-1.
Preset Settings............................................................................................................................. 3-31
3-5-2.
PRESET list ................................................................................................................................ 3-32
3
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-6.
3-7.
Calculation Formula & Reference ............................................................................................................. 3-37
3-6-1.
Calculation ................................................................................................................................. 3-37
3-6-2.
Anatomy Check List .................................................................................................................. 3-37
3-6-3.
Clinical References .................................................................................................................... 3-37
Abbreviation............................................................................................................................................... 3-39
4. Cardiac Measurement
4-1.
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
4-5.
4-6.
4-7.
Preface.......................................................................................................................................................... 4-1
Outline of Cardiology Measurement Functions........................................................................................... 4-2
4-2-1.
Outline of Function ...................................................................................................................... 4-2
4-2-2.
Items of Special Note ................................................................................................................... 4-7
4-2-3.
Measurement Views for Measuring Cardiac Functions............................................................... 4-8
Measurement operation procedure............................................................................................................. 4-10
4-3-1.
B mode ....................................................................................................................................... 4-10
4-3-2.
M mode ...................................................................................................................................... 4-30
4-3-3.
D mode ....................................................................................................................................... 4-39
Report function .......................................................................................................................................... 4-65
4-4-1.
Basic Operation of a Report....................................................................................................... 4-65
4-4-2.
Report Block .............................................................................................................................. 4-66
4-4-3.
Description of Various Data Displayed in a Report................................................................... 4-70
4-4-4.
Function that Attaches an Ultrasound Image to a Report .......................................................... 4-72
4-4-5.
Printing Function........................................................................................................................ 4-75
4-4-6.
Output to a Personal Computer .................................................................................................. 4-77
4-4-7.
Output to a CSV file................................................................................................................... 4-78
Preset function............................................................................................................................................ 4-79
4-5-1.
Preset Settings ............................................................................................................................ 4-79
4-5-2.
PRESET list ............................................................................................................................... 4-80
4-6-1.
Calculation ................................................................................................................................. 4-87
4-6-2.
Abbreviation............................................................................................................................................. 4-101
5. Vascular Measurement
5-1.
5-2.
5-3.
5-4.
Preface.......................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
Outline of Vascular Measurement Functions............................................................................................... 5-2
5-2-1.
Items of Particular Note ............................................................................................................... 5-2
Measurement operation procedure............................................................................................................... 5-3
5-3-1.
B mode ......................................................................................................................................... 5-4
5-3-2.
D mode ....................................................................................................................................... 5-10
Report function .......................................................................................................................................... 5-17
5-4-1.
5-4-2.
Report Block .............................................................................................................................. 5-18
5-4-3.
5-4-4.
W. Trace Function...................................................................................................................... 5-28
5-4-5.
4
MN1-1175 Rev.9
5-5.
5-6.
5-7.
5-4-6.
5-4-7.
5-4-8.
Preset function ............................................................................................................................................ 5-37
5-5-1.
Preset Settings............................................................................................................................. 5-37
5-5-2.
PRESET list ................................................................................................................................ 5-38
Calculation Formula & Reference..............................................................................................................5-43
5-6-1.
Calculation.................................................................................................................................. 5-43
5-6-2.
Anatomy Check List ................................................................................................................... 5-44
5-6-3.
Clinical References..................................................................................................................... 5-46
Abbreviation ............................................................................................................................................... 5-47
6. Urological Measurement
6-1.
6-2.
6-3.
6-4.
6-5.
6-6.
6-7.
Preface .......................................................................................................................................................... 6-1
Outline of Urological Measurement Functions ............................................................................................ 6-2
6-2-1.
Outline of Function....................................................................................................................... 6-2
6-2-2.
6-3-1.
B mode.......................................................................................................................................... 6-4
6-3-2.
D mode........................................................................................................................................ 6-16
Report function ........................................................................................................................................... 6-18
6-4-1.
6-4-2.
Report Block...............................................................................................................................6-19
6-4-3.
6-4-4.
Graph Function ........................................................................................................................... 6-28
6-4-5.
6-4-6.
6-4-7.
6-4-8.
Preset function ............................................................................................................................................ 6-36
6-5-1.
Preset Settings............................................................................................................................. 6-36
6-5-2.
PRESET list ................................................................................................................................ 6-37
Calculation Formula & Reference..............................................................................................................6-41
6-6-1.
Calculation.................................................................................................................................. 6-41
6-6-2.
References................................................................................................................................... 6-42
Abbreviation ............................................................................................................................................... 6-44
7. Abdominal measurement
7-1.
7-2.
7-3.
Preface .......................................................................................................................................................... 7-1
Outline of Abdominal Measurement Functions ........................................................................................... 7-2
7-2-1.
Outline of Abdominal Measurement Functions ........................................................................... 7-2
7-2-2.
7-3-1.
B mode.......................................................................................................................................... 7-5
7-3-2.
D mode........................................................................................................................................ 7-13
5
MN1-1175 Rev.9
7-4.
7-5.
7-6.
7-7.
Report function .......................................................................................................................................... 7-20
7-4-1.
7-4-2.
Report Block .............................................................................................................................. 7-21
7-4-3.
7-4-4.
W. Trace..................................................................................................................................... 7-28
7-4-5.
7-4-6.
Printing Function........................................................................................................................ 7-33
7-4-7.
Output to a Personal Computer .................................................................................................. 7-35
7-4-8.
Output to a CSV file................................................................................................................... 7-36
Preset function............................................................................................................................................ 7-37
7-5-1.
Preset Settings ............................................................................................................................ 7-37
7-5-2.
PRESET list ............................................................................................................................... 7-38
7-6-1.
Calculation ................................................................................................................................. 7-43
7-6-2.
Abbreviation............................................................................................................................................... 7-44
6
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-1.Preface
1. MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS
1-1.
Preface
The measurement functions of the SSD-4000 are divided by application (clinical area) into Abdomen, OB, GYN,
Cardio, Vascular, Uro, Small Parts, and Other.
The measurement values found in ultrasonic examination are recorded and managed for each patient (except for Abdomen, Other, and SP), so they are effective for evaluation of observation over time. In addition to selecting a measurement from the menu, you can also transfer the results of basic measurement to applied measurement and
compute the results of applied measurement.
Also, the measurements available depend on the application, so there are ultrasonic studies that bring together the
measurement items for each application.
(Examples of studies for each application)
Applied measurement
Application name
OB
GYN
Cardio
Ultrasonic study
Study
Basic
Early
Twin Basic
Twin Early
Study
GYN
Follicles
Bladder
→ Section2
→ Section3 → Section4
Vascular
Study
Study
Cardiac Func.
R-Carotid A
Coronary
L-Carotid A
R-Lwr Extr.A
L-Lwr Extr.A
R-Lwr Extr.V
L-Lwr Extr.V
R-Upr Extr.A
L-Upr Extr.A
R-Upr Extr.V
L-Upr Extr.V
→ Section5
URO
Abdomen
Study
Prostate&SV
Bldr&Testis
Kidney
Study
Basic
→ Section6
→ Section7
[Remark]
These application measurement functions are based on documents that indicate the clinical effectiveness of the measurements concerned.
Consequently, they use measurement conditions and special computation formulas.
The abovementioned documents are listed at the end of the section on each application measurement function, so
refer to the relevant documents.
[Remark]
The application measurement functions of the SSD-4000 include a function called EXAM. HISTORY for performing a progress observation (development evaluation, treatment evaluation, and so on.).
This function records and manages measurement values and operation index values obtained during various ultrasonic examinations, and displays the results thereof as numerical values and/or graphs.
For this reason, in order to use this function correctly, be sure to enter the patient data using the ID screen before
performing an ultrasonic examination.
The various measurement functions of the SSD-4000 ultrasonic diagnostic equipment are described in the following
sections.
This section consists of 104 pages.
1-1
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-1.Preface
Section 1
Basic Measurement Functions
Section 2
Obstetric Measurement Functions
Section 3
Gynecological Measurement Functions
Section 4
Cardiac Function Measurement Functions
Section 5
Vascular Measurement Functions
Section 6
Urological Measurement Functions
Section 7
Abdominal Measurement Functions
This section describes the basic measurement method and each basic measurement function.
1-2
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-2.Flow of Measurement Operations
1-2.
Flow of Measurement Operations
Select the
application.
(1)
Input the patient
information.
(2)
Select the
ultrasonic study.
(3)
Execute the
measurement.
Report
Select the preset application (clinical area).
→
Input the patient information.
→
The measurement functions that can be executed are determined by the selected ultrasonic examination study.
1-5-1.Changing the measurement menu.
Execute the measurement.
→
(5)
Input the patient information with the New Patient (ID) screen in order to
correctly operate the patient management functions effectively for evaluating observations over time.
For details, refer to How to Use Section 1.
Select the ultrasonic study.
→
(4)
In order to obtain correct ultrasonic measurement results, the computation
equations and patient management database are decided according to the
application selected.
The measurement values are updated in real time until the measurement operation is finalized.
Up to 10 caliper marks can be displayed in the measurement results display
area.
Section 1-4-1-1. “Starting from the + switch”.
Section 1-4-1-3. “Starting from the MEASUREMENT switch”.
Section 1-4-1-4. “Starting from a Hot key”.
Section 1-4-1-5. “Starting from the USER switch”.
Report (When the application is Abdomen, OB, GYN, Cardio, Vascular or Uro)
→
The measurement values displayed on the report screen can be set with the
preset function to either the most recent values or an average.
Also, up to six of these measurement values can be preset for each measurement item.
(For an explanation of each item, see the pages for each application.)
[Remark]
The SSD-4000 has the following three functions for recording the results of examinations.
a.
When operation (4) above is performed and a report is displayed, it is recorded by the recording device (thermal printer) connected to the SSD-4000.
b.
The report can be printed on paper using Printer in the Output function of the Report screen.
c.
The measurement results can be transmitted to the application software in an external personal computer using PC in the Output function of the Report screen.
1-3
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-3.Switches Used for Measurement
1-3.
Switches Used for Measurement
1-3-1. The function of the panel switch used by measurement operation
(1) — (4) are switches for starting measurement, and (5) — (9) are switches related to measurement operations.
+ Switch :
• Starts the basic measurements for
each display mode.
• Displays the + mark again while
measurement is taking place.
Esc
~
ECG
F1
F2
!
1
@
2
F3
Q
Tab
F4
#
3
W
F5
F6
$
1
E
F7
%
5
F8
^
6
F9
&
7
F10
*
8
F11
F12
(
9
A
S
D
Insert
Delete
+
=
STC
0
Back
Space
1
R
T
Y
U
I
O
P
F
G
H
J
K
|
2
3
:
;
L
}
]
{
[
SENS
Caps
Pause
Break
F13
)
0
Hot key :
You can start measurement
directly using an alphabet key.
(You can set the alphabet key
using a preset.)
"
'
5
Lock
POSI
Z
Shift
Ctrl
ID
X
Com
C
V
B
N
<
,
M
Alt
Alt Gr
>
.
Fn
8
?
/
Ctrl
Shift
12
PgUp
18
Clear
ment
Home
PgDn
(cm)
End
MENU
NEXT
1
2
EXT
POWER
DISK
CAPS LOCK
FUNCTION
PROBE
IMAGE / FREQ
NEW
PATIENT
PRESET
FRAME
RATE
SEARCH
USER
1
CURSOR
/B.L.S.
I.P.
SELECT
ACOUST
POWER
SWEEP
SPEED
ANGLE
FOCUS
BODY
MARK
SCAN
AREA
ZOOM
DOP FILTER
Trackball
: Moves the marker.
MARKREF switch : Switches over the movable mark
Rotary encoder 1 : Erases the trace line.
CANCEL switch : Returns to the immediately
previous operation.
VEL RANGE
MENU
ACOUIRE
INVERT
M / D GAIN
REVIEW
USER
2
STORE
CLEAR
MEASURE
MENT
REPORT
SET
CONTRAST
PUSH
SAMPLE VOLUME
B
B|B
STEERD
/ROTAT
D.D.D.
DEPTH / RANGE
HAR MONIC
M
D
POWER
FLOW
B|M
B|D
FLOW
FLOW GAIN
2
1
CANCEL
SELECT
MARK REF
MEASURE switch,
USRE 1,2 :
Starts measurement directly.
REPORT: Report display
CLEAR: Measurement deletion
(You can set these switches
using a preset.)
(1)
(2)
MEASUREMENT switch
+ switch
(3)
(4)
USER 1, 2 switch
Hot key (alphabet key)
(5)
(6)
Trackball
MARK REF switch
(7)
Rotary encoder 1
(8)
CANCEL switch
(9)
(10)
(11)
SET switch
CLEAR switch
REPORT switch
REC
B GAIN
MEASUREMENT Switch:
You can perform measurement by
displaying the measurement menu, then
selecting a measurement item, and
pressing the SET switch.
: The measurement menu corresponding to the display mode is displayed.
: Directly starts the basic measurement corresponding to each display mode
registered in a preset. Also, displays a new mark if pressed during measurement.
: Directly starts the function or measurement registered using a preset.
: Directly starts the function or measurement registered in an alphabet key
using a preset.
: Used to move a measurement mark.
: Press this switch to separate marks or to change over the mark to be moved
by the trackball.
: Use to change over the measurement function to be used after erasing a
trace line or starting measurement.
: Returns the system to the immediately preceding (or initial) mark display
condition.
: Press to finalize the measurement operation presently taking place.
: Ends the measurement function.
: Opens or closes the Report screen.
1-4
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-4.Basic Operation Procedure for Measurement
1-4.
Basic Operation Procedure for Measurement
1-4-1. Method of starting measurement
You can use one of the following three methods to start measurement.
(1)
Display the measurement menu, and start the selected measurement.
(2)
Press the + switch to perform (basic) measurement.
[Remark]
You can transfer the results obtained here to each parameter of application measurement.
Refer to Section 1-6. “Executing Application Measurement Using Transfer Function”.
(3)
1-4-1-1.
Start measurement directly.
→
Press the hot key (alphabet key) on the full keyboard to start measurement.
→
Press the USER switch on the operation panel to start measurement.
Starting from the + switch
(1)
Press the + switch.
→
The preset measurement is started.
The basic measurement item to be
executed can be selected with
Rotary Encoder 1.
Control menu
[Remark]
The letter displayed before each item
shows which key on the keyboard to
press as the shortcut to the operation.
(It is not display at the time of factory
setting.)
Measurement results
display area
[Remark]
Up to four frequently used basic measurement items can be preset to the + switch for each display mode.
Control menu:
Next
SEL ch
Locate
Menu
: Repeat the same measurement.
: Do over a caliper mark already set.
: Change the position of (move) the measurement results display area and control menu display
positions.
: Display the measurement menu.
1-5
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(2)
Select the basic measurement item executed with Rotary Encoder 1 and execute it.
(3)
After measurement, to measure again, press the + switch.
→
The last measurement is started.
[Remark]
Pressing the CANCEL switch returns the system to the status before separation without finalizing the measured caliper mark.
If the CANCEL switch is pressed before the caliper mark is separated, that mark is erased.
1-4-1-2.
Starting measurement with a compound mode image
Pressing the + switch on hybrid modes (B/M and B/D modes), the measurement corresponding to each ultrasound
image (B, M, and D) is performed.
For example, for B/M mode as in the figure below, when the + switch is pressed, the caliper mark is displayed on
the M image with a priority order (D → M → B).
The caliper mark is moved to the B image side with the trackball.
The moment at which the caliper mark is moved into the B image becomes DIST.
The measurement items and control menu display at the bottom of the screen also change to that for the B image.
Moving the + mark to the B (M)
image with the trackball
M.VEL
DIST
1-6
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-4-1-3.
(1)
Starting from the MEASUREMENT switch
Press the MEASUREMENT switch.
→
The preset measurement menu and control menu are displayed.
Measurement menu
Control menu
[Remark]
The letter displayed before each
item shows which key on the keyboard to press as the shortcut to the
operation.
Control menu:
Change.Appl. : Changes the measurement application.
For details, refer to Section 1-5. “Explanation of Measurement Menus”.
Preset
: Changes the preset measurement.
ESC.
: Erases the measurement menu.
[Remark]
Pressing the CANCEL switch on the operation panel erases the measurement menu.
(2)
Move the arrow mark to the measurement item to be executed with the trackball, then press the SET switch.
→
The selected measurement starts.
Example: Uterus measurement
MEASURE
MENT
SET
Any measurement order can be
selected with Rotary Encoder 1.
Length
A-P
Width
1-7
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-4-1-4.
Starting from a Hot key
Pressing a letter key starts the measurement item or control function allocated to that key directly without passing
through the measurement menu.
Here is an explanation using an example in which the GYN measurement Uterus (Volume) is assigned to the “Q”
key.
(1)
Press the Q key.
→
The system starts Uterus measurement and measures each position.
Any measurement order can be
selected with Rotary Encoder 1.
Length
A-P
Width
[Remark]
Measurement items can be assigned to letter keys on the keyboard with the preset function.
1-4-1-5.
(1)
Starting from the USER switch
Press the USER1 switch.
→
The measurement set with the preset function starts.
The operation procedure is the same as for Section 1-4-1-4. “Starting from a Hot key”..
[Remark]
Measurement items and control menu items are assigned to the USER 1 and 2 switches, REPORT switch, and
CLEAR switch on the operation panel with the preset function.
1-8
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-4-1-6.
Erasing individual marks
When executing multiple basic measurements and erasing the finalization mark results individually, select SELch
on the control menu, then press the SET switch. Move the arrow mark in the results display to the measurement
results to be erased, then press the SET switch again.
The caliper mark is now ready for re-measurement.
Furthermore, when the CANCEL switch is pressed, the caliper mark and measurement results are erased.
To erase only the mark being executed, press the CANCEL switch on the operation panel twice.
If measurement has not yet been carried out (when there is one mark), pressing the CANCEL switch ends the measurement function.
1-4-1-7.
Ending a measurement function
The measurement marks and results on the screen are erased in the following cases.
• When you press (selected) the CLEAR switch
• When you press the SET switch after selecting Clear in the measurement menu
• When you press the MEASUREMENT switch twice in succession
• When you cancel a freeze status
[Remark]
The above applies only when the Caliper auto off function in the Preset menu is ON.
1-9
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-5.Explanation of Measurement Menus
1-5.
Explanation of Measurement Menus
Pressing the MEASUREMENT switch displays the measurement menu.
MEASURE
MENT
GYN
1. Changing the measurement menu
Q Uterus
E Endom-T (1)
The Q, W, E, R, and T show that
these letters are set as hot keys.
W Cervix
The figures in the parentheses ( ) show the
number of report registrations.
R Rt.Ovary
T Lt.Ovary
Report
Change Appl.
Changing the contents of a
preset measurement
2. Changing the measurement application
Preset
ESC
1-5-1. Changing the measurement menu
(1)
Select the Study item at the top of the menu.
→
A sub menu appears on the right side, so select the desired item to change over the measurement menu.
1-5-2. Changing the measurement application
(1)
You can change the measurement menu to one for another clinical field during measurement, and perform
application measurement.
Select Change Appl. (Change Application) at the bottom of the menu.
→
Select Appli. appears on the right side, and when you select an application Select Study appears.
1-10
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-6.Executing Application Measurement Using Transfer Function
1-6.
Executing Application Measurement Using Transfer Function
The transfer function transfers the results of basic measurement to the application measurement side and registers
them in reports.
Various application measurements can be completed without executing application measurement through the measurement menu by carrying out basic measurement with the + switch and using the transfer function.
Here is an explanation using an example of transfer to Uterus measurement of gynecological measurement.
(1)
Press the + switch.
→
(2)
Select DIST, measure the uterus length, then press the SET switch.
Use the trackball to move the arrow mark displayed in the control menu to the measurement results display
area.
→
The transfer destination list is displayed.
[Remark]
When there are a number of measurement results, move the arrow to the result that you wish to transfer, and press
the SET switch. The arrow will move to the transfer destination list.
(3)
Select Ut-L as the transfer destination, then press the SET switch.
→
The measurement results of (1) are transferred to the Uterus measurement Length.
Repeating these operations for Ut-AP and Ut-W completes the uterus measurements.
[Remark]
The numbers displayed in parentheses ( ) in the transfer list show the number of reports registered.
1-11
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-6.Executing Application Measurement Using Transfer Function
<Already measured value reuse function>
The value measured at one location can be used for other application measurement.
The explanation below uses an example in which gynecological measurement uterus measurements Ut-L and Ut-AP
have already been measured.
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch and select Uterus.
→
(2)
The already measured length and A-P measurement values are displayed in the measurement results
area.
Measure the Width, then press the SET switch.
→
The measurement results are registered in the report.
[Remark]
Whether or not to reuse already measured values can be set with the preset function.
1-12
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-7.Measurement Mark and Measurement Method
1-7.
Measurement Mark and Measurement Method
1-7-1. Basic types of marks
The measurement functions of this equipment use the following basic types of marks.
Mark type
Applicable ultrasound image
(1)
Caliper
:
B, M and D mode images
(2)
Ellipse
:
B mode image
(3)
Circle
:
B mode image
(4)
Trace
:
B and D mode images
1-7-2. Auxiliary line type marks
You can select one of four types of auxiliary lines for each caliper mark.
You can set these functions using the preset function.
1. Horizontal Line
3. Cross Line
2. Vertical Line
4. Cross point
1-13
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-7-3. Display mark
A number is appended to the right side of a mark whose measurement operation has been finalized.
The number that is displayed inside the results is the same as the number displayed on the right side of the finalized
mark.
+
Display
1
The shape of the mark is + only.
You can set or change the size of the + mark to Large, Medium or Small by means of a preset.
Result
1Dist:
.
cm
The factory setting is Medium.
1-7-4. The basic operating method each mark type
1-7-4-1.
The measurement procedure of Caliper method
In this type of measurement the start and end points of measurement are set using the two caliper marks, and the
distance, time, blood flow velocity and also the index values that use these parameters (depth, circumferential length,
flow velocity ratio, pressure gradient, and so on.) are obtained.
(1)
Using the trackball, move the mark to the start point of measurement.
(2)
Press the MARK REF switch.
→
(3)
The measurement start point mark is fixed.
Using the trackball, move the separated mark to the end point of measurement.
1-14
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(4)
Once again press the MARK REF switch.
→
You can switch between the start point and end point marks, and adjust the position of each mark using
the trackball.
[Remark]
If you press the CANCEL switch at this point in time, the mark will return to the condition of (1), enabling you to
perform measurement once again.
(5)
Press the SET switch again.
→
Measurement is finalized.
[Remark]
If you press the + switch without pressing the SET switch, a new mark will appear, enabling you to continue
measurement.
In this case, the previous measurement will be finalized.
(Caliper method for each mode)
M mode image
D mode image
1-15
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-7-4-2.
Method of performing measurement using Ellipse
In this type of measurement an ellipse is displayed, and the area, circumferential length, and length of the major and
minor axes are obtained.
(1)
Using the trackball, move the mark to one end (start point) of the major axis.
c
b
(2)
a
c
→
The measurement start mark is fixed.
(3)
Using the trackball, move the separated mark to the other end (end point) of the part to be measured.
(4)
→
(5)
An ellipse (Major axis diameter : Minor axis diameter is 2 : 1) is displayed.
Using the trackball, determine the position of the ellipse by enlarging or reducing the minor axis diameter.
[Remark]
If you press the MARK REF switch at this point in time, you can use the trackball to adjust the position of each point.
Each time you press the MARK REF switch, the point that you can move with the trackball switches over in the
sequence a → b → c → b → a, enabling you to adjust the position of each point.
1-16
MN1-1175 Rev.9
[Remark]
(6)
→
[Remark]
If you press the + switch without pressing the SET switch, a new mark will appear, enabling you to continue measurement. In this case, the previous measurement will be finalized.
[Remark]
The formulas for calculating area and circumferential length are shown below.
Use the symbols in Fig.1 to define each operation index as shown below.
X - ax: Distance between a and by - ax: Distance between c and c
As a result, the area and circumferential length are as follows.
Area = π /4 (X-ax) × (Y-ax)
Circ = π √ {[(X-ax)2 + (Y-ax)2] / 2}
1-17
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-7-4-3.
The measurement procedure of Circle mark method
In this type of measurement, a circle is displayed, and the area, circumferential length and diameter are obtained.
(1)
Using the trackball, move the circle mark of 0.5 cm radius toward the part to be measured.
B mode image
(2)
→
(3)
The center of the circle mark is fixed.
Using the trackball, enlarge or reduce the size of the circle.
1-18
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(4)
→
Each time you press the MARK REF switch you can select circle shift or size change.
[Remark]
If you press the CANCEL switch at this point in time, the circle mark will return to the status of (1), enabling you
to perform measurement once again.
(5)
→
[Remark]
[Remark]
The formulas for calculating area and circumferential length are shown below.
Define each operation index as shown below.
Diam: diameter
Area:Area
Area
= π /4 (Diam)2
Circ
= π (Diam)
Circ: circumferential length
1-19
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-7-4-4.
The measurement procedure of B-Trace method
In this type of measurement, a trace mark pattern is displayed, and the area and circumferential length are obtained.
(1)
Using the trackball, move the mark to the measurement start point.
B mode image
(2)
→
(3)
The measurement start mark is fixed.
Using the trackball, move (trace) the separated mark along the boundary of the part to be measured.
[Remark]
At this point in time, if you rotate rotary encoder 1 on the operation panel, you can partially erase or re-display the
trace line.
• If you rotate the rotary encoder counterclockwise, the trace line will be erased from the present position going
progressively toward the start point.
• If you rotate the rotary encoder clockwise, the partially erased trace line will be re-displayed going progressively
toward the end point.
1-20
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(4)
→
The start point and end point of the trace line are joined together in a loop, and the area and circumferential length are displayed.
[Remark]
If you press the MARK REF switch or CANCEL switch at this point in time, the mark will return to the condition
of (1), enabling you to perform measurement once again.
(5)
→
[Remark]
1-21
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-7-4-5.
The measurement procedure of the Dop-Trace method
In this type of measurement, an ultrasonic Doppler waveform is traced, and the blood flow velocity at each point
along the trace, the time average blood flow velocity, the blood flow velocity ratio, the resistance index, the pulsatility index, and so on, are obtained.
This method depends upon the Doppler trace method (Auto, Manual) that is set in advance using the preset function.
The factory setting is the Doppler Auto Trace function (Peak method).
1) Doppler Auto Trace method
The following is a description of the Doppler Auto Trace method using PI (Pulsatility Index) measurement as an
example.
(1)
Set the Doppler waveform trace range.
→
(2)
→
(3)
Using the trackball, move the line cursor (vertical line) to the measurement start point.
The line cursor at the measurement start point is fixed.
Using the trackball, move the line cursor (vertical line) to the measurement end point.
1-22
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(4)
→
The end point line cursor is fixed.
The points corresponding to the peak flow velocity (mean velocity) on the spectrum between these two lines are
automatically traced, and line cursors and the letters “S” and “D” appear at points PSV and EDV, respectively.
[Remark]
At this point in time, if you rotate rotary encoder 1 on the operation panel, you can adjust the position of the trace line.
• If you rotate the rotary encoder counterclockwise, the trace line shifts progressively from the present position toward the base line.
• If you rotate the rotary encoder clockwise, the trace line shifts toward the point corresponding to the peak flow
velocity.
[Remark]
If you cannot perform adjustment satisfactorily using rotary encoder 1, press the CANCEL (Auto Trace cancel)
switch at this point in time to switch over to the Manual mode. For details of Manual Trace operation, refer to the
next sub-section.
(5)
→
(6)
The line cursor that can be moved (solid line type) switches over. Using the trackball, adjust the position
of the cursor.
Press the SET switch.
→
[Remark]
(Definition)
PSV: Peak Systolic Velocity
EDV: End Diastolic Velocity
1-23
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Note
Use the systolic peak blood flow velocity (PSV) and the end-diastolic blood flow velocity (EDV) for computing PI and RI.
There are reports to the effect that the end-diastolic minimum blood flow velocity is also used for these
indexes.
The diastolic blood flow velocity and the end-diastolic minimum blood flow velocity do not necessarily
match each other.
Consequently, when starting these measurements, move the phase of EDV to the end-diastole or minimum
blood flow velocity point.
Calculate PI and RI at the blood flow velocity at these points.
2) Doppler Manual Trace method
The following is a description of the Doppler Manual Trace method using PI (Pulsatility Index) measurement as an
example.Pulsatility Index
(1)
Using the trackball, move the mark to the start point of measurement.
(2)
→
(3)
The measurement start point mark is fixed.
Using the trackball, trace the spectrum.
1-24
MN1-1175 Rev.9
[Remark]
At this point in time, if you rotate rotary encoder 1 on the operation panel, you can adjust the position of the trace line.
• If you rotate the rotary encoder counterclockwise, the trace line shifts progressively from the present position toward the base line.
• If you rotate the rotary encoder clockwise, the trace line shifts toward the point corresponding to the peak flow
velocity.
(4)
→
(5)
The end point mark is fixed, and line cursors and the letters “S” and “D” appear at points PSV and EDV,
respectively.
→
The line cursor that can be moved (solid line type) switches over. Using the trackball, adjust the position
of the cursor.
[Remark]
(6)
→
[Remark]
1-25
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-8.Basic measurement functional outline
1-8.
Basic measurement functional outline
1-8-1. Functional outline
For every mode, basic measurement is divided, as shown in the following table.
:Items that are displayed on the factory default.
Mode
B
Measurement
function
Measurement
menu
Distance
measurement
Area,
Circumference
length
measurement
Dist
Dist-Trace
Area-T
Area-E
Ellipse
2 Caliper
Area-C
Volume 1
3 Caliper
Area-Length
Ellipse + Caliper
Ellipse
Volume 2
3 Caliper
Area-Length
Ellipse + Caliper
Ellipse
Volume
measurement
Display item
Remark
Dist
Dist
Area, Circ
Area, Circ, x-ax, y-ax
Area, Circ, x-ax, y-ax
Area, diam, Circ
Dist-Trace uses the
Trace method.
Area-E enables
you to select the
Ellipse or 2 Caliper
method.
Vol., x-ax, y-ax, z-ax
Vol., Area, Distance, Circ,
Vol., Area, Circ, x-ax, y-ax, z-ax
Vol., Area, Circ, x-ax, y-ax
Volume enables
you to select the 3
Caliper, AreaLength, Ellipse +
Caliper or Ellipse
method.
Vol., x-ax, y-ax, z-ax
Vol., Area, Distance, Circ,
Vol., Area, Circ, x-ax, y-ax, z-ax
Vol., Area, Circ, x-ax, y-ax
Angle
measurement
Angle
Histogram
measurement
Hip J Angle
measurement
Index
measurement
Histogram
ROI Shape
Hip J Angle
T, L, M, MN, SD, %W
Square, Rectangle, Circle, Trace
α, β, type
ROI Shape is the
shape of the ROI.
B.Index
A, B, A/B, B/A, |A-B|/A
In the case of the Caliper method,
A and B represent distance.
In the case of the Trace, Ellipse and
Circle method, A and B represent
area.
B. Index enables
you to select the
Caliper, Trace,
Ellipse or Circle
method.
2 Caliper
Point
Caliper
Trace,
Ellipse
Circle
Dist, Angle
Dist, Angle
1-26
Angle enables you
to select the 2
Caliper, Point
method.
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Mode
M
Measurement
function
Length
measurement
Measurement
menu
Length
distance
Time
measurement
Heart rate
measurement
Velocity
measurement
Index
measurement
Time
∆t
HR
HR, ∆ t, beat #
M.VEL
v, ∆ t, ∆ d
M.Index
Length
Time
Velocity
1-27
Display item
A, B, A/B, B/A, |A-B|/A
A,B:
Length
Time
Velocity
Remark
Enables up to five
distances to be
measured.
# =2
M. Index enables
you to select the
M. Index, Length,
Time or Velocity
method.
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Mode
D
Measurement
function
Blood flow
velocity
measurement
Time
measurement
Heart rate
measurement
Acceleration
(deceleration)
measurement
RI
Pressure half
time
measurement
D.Caliper
1, 2
Index
measurement
Measurement
menu
D.VEL
Same as M mode
HR
HR, ∆ t, beat#
Same as M mode
ACC(DEC)
v1, v2, ∆ v, ∆ t, v1/v2,
PG1, PG2, ∆ PG,∆ PG/∆ t, ACC
RI
P1/2T
RI, PSV, EDV, S/D, D/S
pV, PG, P1/2T, VA
D.Caliper1
v1, v2, ∆ v, ∆ t, v1/v2, v2/v1, PG1,
PG2, ∆ PG,∆ PG/∆ t, ACC, P1/2T,
VA
Same as the above
A, B, A/B, B/A, |A-B|/A
In the case of the D.Caliper
method, A and B represent
Velocity, PG, Time.
In the case of the D.Trace method,
A and B represent VTI, MnV,
MPG.
MnV, MPG, pV, PG, VTI, FlowT,
AccT, ACC, AccT/FT
MnV, MPG, PSV, EDV, ∆ v, ∆ t,
PG1, PG2, ∆ PG, VTI, PI, RI,
FlowT, AccT, ACC, AccT/FT
MnV, MPG, pV, PG, VTI, FlowT,
AccT, ACC, AccT/FT, P1/2T, VA
MnV, MPG, pV, PG, VTI,
FlowT,P1/2T
D.Caliper2
D.Index
D.Caliper
Mean.Vel
PI
PI
Steno flow
measurement
Regurgitation
flow
measurement
D.Trace1,2
Steno Flow
Regurg Flow
D.Trace1
D.Trace2
B/D
v1, v2, ∆ v, ∆ t, v1/v2,
PG1, PG2, ∆ PG,∆ PG/∆ t, ACC
∆t
Mean velocity
Measurement
function
Blood flow
measurement
Remark
Time
D.Trace
Mode
Display item
Measurement
menu
Flow Volume
(MnV)
Flow Volume
(VTI)
SV/CO
D. Index enables
you to select the
Caliper, Trace or
Ellipse method.
MnV, MPG, PSV, EDV, ∆ v, ∆ t,
PG1, PG2, ∆ PG, VTI, PI, RI,
FlowT, AccT, ACC, AccT/FT
Same as the above
Display item
MnV, pV, VTI, AccT, ACC, FV,
CSD, CSA
MnV, pV, VTI, AccT, ACC,
FV(beat), FV(min), CSD, CSA,
HR
MnV, pV, VTI, AccT, ACC, SV,
CO,CSD, CSA, HR
1-28
Remark
For peripheral
blood vessels
For heart blood
vessels
For heart blood
vessels
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9.Measurement operation procedure
1-9.
Measurement operation procedure
A description of the measurement method is given for each mode.
1-9-1. B mode
The basic measurements for the B mode are the measurement functions that use the Caliper, Ellipse, Circle and Trace
methods. A description of each function is set out below.
[Remark]
Details of the operation procedure for each method are described in Section 1-7. “Measurement Mark and Measurement Method”.
1-9-1-1.
Distance measurement (Dist)
1) Dist
You can measure the distance (Dist) between two points. (Refer to Section 1-7-4-1. “The measurement procedure
of Caliper method”)
[Remark]
You can display measurement marks for up to 10 measurements on the screen.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Dist.
→
The + mark appears.
(2)
Using the trackball, move the + mark to the start point, and press the MARK REF switch.
(3)
Using the trackball, move the + mark to the end point.
→
The distance is displayed.
[Remark]
Each time you press the MARK REF switch, the movable mark switches over.
If you wish to continue measurement, press the + switch.
To finalize the input, press the SET switch.
1Dist:
.
1-29
cm
Distance
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2) Dist-Trace
Using the Trace method, the distance of two points (Dist) can be measured.
Refer to Section 1-7-4-4. “The measurement procedure of B-Trace method”.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Dist-Trace.
→
The + mark appears.
+
(2)
Using the trackball, move the + mark to the start point, and press the MARK REF switch.
(3)
→
The distance is displayed.
[Remark]
At this point in time, if you rotate the rotary encoder 1 on the front panel, you can partially erase or re-display the
trace line
1Dist-Trace:
. cm
Distance
1-30
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-1-2.
Area and circumference length measurement
Using the Trace, Ellipse or Circle method, measure the area (Area) and circumferential length (Circ).
(Refer to 1-7-4-2., 1-7-4-3., 1-7-4-4.)
1) Area-T measurement (Trace method)
This function calculates and displays the length of the trace line along which the caliper mark moved and the area
enclosed by the trace line.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Area-T.
→
The + mark appears.
+
(2)
Using the trackball, move the mark to the start point and press the MARK REF switch.
→
(3)
The start point mark is fixed.
Using the trackball, move (trace) the separated mark along the boundary of the part to be measured.
+
[Remark]
At this point in time, if you rotate the rotary encoder 1 on the front panel, you can partially erase or re-display the
trace line.
(4)
→
The start point and end point of the trace line are joined together in a loop, and the area and circumferential length are displayed.
[Remark]
If you press the MARK REF switch or CANCEL switch at this point in time, the mark will return to the condition
of (1), enabling you to perform measurement once again.
1-31
MN1-1175 Rev.9
[Remark]
1Area-T
Area:
Circ:
.
.
cm2
cm
Area
Circumference length
[Remark]
If there are several parts enclosed by trace lines, the total area enclosed by the outermost line is calculated.
The area of the shaded part is calculated as shown in the figure on the right.
The circumference is the total length of the displaced trace lines.
A
A'
B
B'
2) Area-E measurement (Ellipse method)
This function calculates and displays the circumference of the displayed ellipse and the area enclosed by it.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Area-E
→
(2)
The + mark appears.
→
The start point mark is fixed.
+
+
1-32
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(3)
Move the + mark to the measurement end point, and press the MARK REF switch.
→
An ellipse drawn by a dotted line is displayed.
+
(4)
+
+
+
Using the trackball, enlarge or reduce the ellipse so that it encloses the measurement area.
→
The area and circumferential length are displayed.
[Remark]
[Remark]
1Area-E
Area:
Circ:
x-ax:
y-ax:
.
.
.
.
cm2
cm
cm
cm
Area
Long axis length of an ellipse x-ax > y-ax
Short axis length of an ellipse
3) Area-C measurement (Circle method)
This function calculates and displays the circumference and diameter of the displayed circle and the area enclosed
by it.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Area-C.
→
A circle mark of 0.5cm radius appears.
+
(2)
Using the trackball, move the circle mark to the part to be measured.
1-33
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(3)
→
(4)
The center of the circle mark is fixed.
Using the trackball, enlarge or reduce the size of the circle.
+
+
[Remark]
Each time you press the MARK REF switch you can select circle shift or size change.
[Remark]
1Area-C
Area:
Circ:
Diam:
.
.
.
cm2
cm
cm
Area
Diameter
1-34
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-1-3.
Volume (Volume 1, 2)
You can measure volume by using the Caliper method or the Ellipse method (or a combination thereof).
(Refer to 1-7-4-1., 1-7-4-2.)
Volume1 and 2 measurement can be selected from the following method.
Spheroidal : Three diameters (long axis, short axis and the maximum cross-sectional diameter in the direction
perpendicular to the long axis (= intermediate axis diameter)) are obtained from the image of two
orthogonally intersecting cross-sectional planes and the volume of the rotating ellipsoid is found.
Prolate
: The volume is calculated by finding the major axis and minor axis of the ellipse in the same way
as for measuring the area of an ellipse and measuring the hypothetical circle on the cross-sectional
plane perpendicular to the minor axis.
Area-length : The cross-section for the major axis is traced, its surface area and length calculated, and the volume computed.
BP Simpson : The volume is computed using the basic principles of the Disk method. (2 view are measured.)
SP Simpson : The volume is computed using the basic principles of the Disk method. (1 view is measured.)
[Remark]
When performing Volume measurement using this equipment, you can display up to two formulas on the measurement menu.
For each of Volume 1 and 2, you can set which of the above computation methods to use by means of a preset. (Refer
to Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”)
[Remark]
The factory settings are Spheroidal and Prolate.
[Remark]
For details of the distance and ellipse measurement methods, refer to Section 1-7-4-1.and 1-7-4-2.
[Remark]
The computation formulas used are set out at the back of this manual.
1-35
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1) Volume 1 measurement (Spheroidal method)
You can approximate the image of the part to be measured as an ellipsoid, measure the diameters of the three axes
from the two orthogonally intersecting cross-sections, and compute the volume.
[Remark]
It is recommended that you display the orthogonally intersecting major axis cross-sectional image and the minor axis
cross-sectional image in the 2B mode when performing measurement.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Volume 1.
→
The + mark appears.
Using the trackball and the MARK REF switch, measure the length (x-ax) of the major axis cross-sectional image.
+
+
+
+
+
(2)
Press the + switch.
→
(3)
Using the same operation as (1), measure the length (y-ax) of the minor axis cross-sectional image.
Press the + switch.
→
Using the same operation as (1), measure the length (z-ax) of the minor axis cross-sectional image.
[Remark]
Volume 1
Vol. :
1x-ax:
2y-ax:
3z-ax:
.
.
.
.
cm3
cm
cm
cm
1-36
Volume
x-axis length
y-axis length
z-axis length
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2) Volume 2 measurement (Prolate method)
You can approximate the image of the part to be measured as an ellipsoid, and compute the volume.
[Remark]
In this case, the minor axis cross-section is assumed to be a circle.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Volume 2.
→
(2)
The + mark appears.
Select the Ellipse method and measure the major axis diameter and the minor axis diameter using the trackball and the MARK REF switch.
→
The volume of the ellipsoid whose minor axis cross-section is assumed to be a circle is measured.
+
+
x-ax
+
+
[Remark]
[Remark]
For details of the ellipse measurement methods, refer to Section 1-7-4-2. “Method of performing measurement using
Ellipse”.
1Volume 2
Vol.:
.
Area:
.
x-ax:
.
y-ax:
.
cm3
cm2
cm
cm
1-37
Volume
Area
x-axis length
y-axis length
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-1-4.
Angle Measurement (Angle)
Using the Caliper methods, the angle defined by a pair of "+" mark can be measured.
Refer to Section 1-7-4-1. “The measurement procedure of Caliper method”.
1) 2Caliper
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select 2Caliper of Angle.
→
(2)
The + mark is displayed.
As the same way as in Dist, both the ends of the mark are aligned with the one side of an angle to measure.
+
+
(3)
→
(4)
Another "+" mark is displayed.
By the same way as in (2), both the ends of the mark are aligned with another side of the angle to measure.
→
The angle with two crossing lines is displayed.
+
+
++
[Remark]
When you continue measurement, press the + switch.
1Angle
Angle1:
Angle2:
D1
:
D2
:
°
°
cm
cm
Angle
Angle
The length between the first pair of "+" mark.
The length between the second pair of "+" mark.
1-38
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2) Point
An angle specified with the middle caliper mark of three caliper marks is measured.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Point of Angle.
→
(2)
The + mark is displayed.
As the same way as in Dist, both the ends of the mark are aligned with the one side of an angle to measure.
+
+
(3)
→
(4)
Another "+" mark is displayed.
By the same way as in (2), both the ends of the mark are aligned with another side of the angle to measure.
→
The angle with two crossing lines is displayed.
+
+
+
[Remark]
1Angle
Angle1:
D1
:
D2
:
°
cm
cm
Angle
The length between the first pair of "+" mark.
The length between the second pair of "+" mark.
1-39
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-1-5.
General purpose index measurement (B.Index)
This is a general purpose index measurement function for obtaining A/B, B/A, |A-B|/A from the two measurement
values A and B.
Measurement is performed using the Caliper, Ellipse, Circle or Trace method. (For details of each method refer to
Section 1-7-4-1., 1-7-4-2., 1-7-4-3., and 1-7-4-4.)
[Remark]
You can set the method for measuring A and B using a preset. (Refer to Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method &
Display items”.)
The correspondence between the measurement method and the type and unit of measurement is shown below
Measurement method
Caliper
Ellipse
Distance
Area
Unit
cm
Circle
Area
cm2
Trace
Area
cm2
cm2
[Remark]
The factory setting is the Caliper method.
Here, the description is given for the case of the Caliper method. The same operations are used for the other methods
as well.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch , and select B.Index.
→
(2)
The + mark appears, so measure A (distance).
Press the + switch.
→
B (distance) is measured similarly.
++
+
+
[Remark]
Caliper method
Trace method
Ellipse method
Circle method
B.Index(Calp)
B.Index(Trac)
B.Index(Ellp)
B.Index(Circ)
A/B:
.
A/B:
.
A/B:
.
A/B:
.
1A:
. cm
1A:
. cm2
1A:
. cm2
1A:
. cm2
2
2
1B:
. cm
1B:
. cm
1B:
. cm2
1B:
. cm
[Remark]
If you use a different method of measuring A and B (Trace, Ellipse or Circle method), refer to Section 1-7-4-2., 17-4-3., or 1-7-4-4.
1-40
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-1-6.
Histogram measurement (Histogram)
You can display the echo intensity data and the intensity distribution of echoes in the ROI on an ultrasonic slice as
a histogram.
[Remark]
You can display the brightness gradation (brightness) level on pixels in the ROI in the X-axis direction in gradation
steps between 1 and 63, and the distribution of the frequency of appearance of each gradation level in the ROI in the
Y-axis direction when the total number of pixels of the brightness gradation level that occurs the greatest number of
times is defined as 100% (total number of pixels is 1.0).
1.0
0.5
0
50
[Remark]
You can select a shape for the ROI from Square, Rectangle, Ellipse and Circle type using a preset.The factory settings are Square type and size 10mm. (Refer to Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”.)
[Remark]
For this measurement, you can set a ROI in up to three channels simultaneously. If you start a fourth channel, the
third channel is re-measured.
[Remark]
A histogram is affected by the set conditions of the equipment (Gain, etc.), so care must be exercised when comparing a number of histograms.
Here, a description is given for the case where ROI shape = Square, and Size = 10mm.
<Operation method>
(1)
Display a cross-sectional image of the part to be measured in the B mode, and freeze it.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Histogram.
→
The ROI for measuring the histogram is displayed.
1-41
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(3)
Move the ROI so that it encloses the area of interest, and press the MARK REF switch.
→
Brightness data and a histogram are displayed on the screen.
[Remark]
1Hist-Box 10
T :
L :
M :
MN:
.
SD:
.
Histogram ROI shape of ROI = Box size = 10mm
Total number of pixels within ROI
Level with largest number of pixels within ROI with largest
Number of pixels for the level with the largest number of pixels
Mean level
Standard deviation for level
[Remark]
The method of setting the ROI when using another ROI shape is the same as that used in the Trace or the Circle
method.
For details of the operation method, refer to refer to Section 1-7-4-3. or1-7-4-4.
1-42
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-1-7.
Congenital dislocation of the hip joint measurement (Hip Angle)
This measurement is an aid to diagnosing the degree of congenital dislocation of the hip joint in a neonate or infant,
based on the Graf ultrasonic analysis, using the echo of the hip joint of the patient obtained by means of a rear approach.
Angles α and β are measured by setting three auxiliary lines.
α
2
a
b
d
c
1.Base line
2.Bony roof line
3.Cartilage roof line
α.Bony roof angle
β.Cartilage roof angle
a.The point where the acetabular perichondrium and the iliac wall meet
b.Bony acetabular rim
c.Lower iliac margin
d.The main echo of the acebular labrum
3
β
1
[Remark]
This measurement must always be performed in the 1B mode.
[Remark]
If Image Direction, Rotation, DEPTH/Range, or any other item was changed during this measurement, the measurement is reset.
If you press the + switch from this condition, measurement takes place once again from the base line.
[Remark]
The age of the patient (whether or not less than 3 months old) is sometimes used when classifying the degree of dislocation.
Normally, a judgment is made from the age data (computed from the date of birth) displayed on the ID screen.
If you entered the age directly, 12w or 84d or higher is treated as 3months.
1-43
MN1-1175 Rev.9
[Remark]
In this measurement, when α and β are being obtained the auxiliary line setting marks are automatically separated
so that normal value angles (α = 60°, β = 55°) are obtained.
In this case, it is assumed that "the direction in which the active mark (
) is displayed is the head, and the direction
in which there is no active mark are the feet". Consequently, the hip joint echo pattern is determined by the direction
of the head, enabling this measurement to be performed using the patterns shown in the figures below.
<Operation method>
The case of Rt.Hip Angle is explained.
(1)
Record the hip joint image in the 1B mode.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Rt, Hip Angle.
→
The + mark for setting the base line appears.
1
(3)
Using the trackball, move the + mark to one end of the base line, then press the MARK REF switch and move
the + mark to the other end.
1-44
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(4)
Press the + switch.
→
The base line is finalized, and the + mark for the bony roof line appears.
1
(5)
Set the bony roof line using the same operation.
→
(6)
The α angle appears.
Press the + switch.
→
The bony roof line is finalized, and the + mark for the cartilage roof line appears.
1
(7)
Set the cartilage roof line using the same operation.
→
(8)
The β angle appears.
Press the SET switch or the + switch to finalize this measurement.
→
The three auxiliary lines are drawn in enlarged form.
2
1
3
Rt. Hip angle
1Base line
2 α (1-2):
° Bony roof angle
3 β (1-3):
° Cartilage roof angle
1-45
MN1-1175 Rev.9
<Graf’s ultrasonic classification>
The classification of hip type assumed from the two angles and the age of the patient is based on the following table.
Sub
Classification
TYPE
Dislocation type
included in result
display
Hip Type judging standard
α
β
Age of patient
I
α ≥ 60
every
I
II a
50 ≤ α ≤ 59
Age < 3 months
II a
II b
50 ≤ α ≤ 59
Age ≥ 3 months
II b
II c
43 ≤ α ≤ 49
β ≤ 77
every
II c
D
43 ≤ α ≤ 49
β > 77
every
D
III
α < 43
every
III, IV
IV
α < 43
every
III, IV
50 ≤ α ≤ 59
Age unknown
II a, II b
43 ≤ α ≤ 49
every
II c, D
other cases
other cases
??
Based on Graf's classification
[Remark]
You can set the Hip Type using a preset in order to estimate the degree of dislocation (Hip Type) from angles α and
β. (Refer to Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”)
1-46
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-2. M mode
The basic measurements concerning the M mode are the measurement functions using the Caliper method.
(For details, refer to Section 1-7-4-1. “The measurement procedure of Caliper method”.)
A description of M mode measurements is given for each function.
1-9-2-1.
Length measurement (Length)
This function continuously measures and displays the distance between the caliper marks in the axis depth direction
at the same point in time.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select M.Length.
→
(2)
→
(3)
+ mark appears on the cursor (vertical).
The start point is fixed, and the + mark can be moved.
→
The distance between the marks is displayed.
[Remark]
∗ When you press the MARK REF switch, you can perform a number of distance measurements continuously in the
same time phase.
1
+M.Length
2.59cm
2.86cm
2
1
2
• If you press the CANCEL switch during measurement, the mark returns to the position of (1).
• If you press the + switch, this measurement is finalized and a new line cursor appears, enabling you to perform
distance measurement in a different time phase.
• To finalize the input, press the SET switch.
[Remark]
By specifying six points continuously in the same time phase, you can measure the five distances between them.
1M.Length:
d1:
. cm
d2:
. cm
1-47
Distance 1
Distance 2
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-2-2.
Time measurement (Time)
You can measurement the time between two points on an M mode image.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Time.
→
A line cursor (vertical line) is displayed.
(2)
(3)
→
The time between the marks is displayed.
[Remark]
1Δt:
ms
1-48
Time
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-2-3.
Heart Rate measurement (Heart Rate)
You can measure the heart rate from the time between two points on an M mode image.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select HR.
→
(2)
(3)
Using the trackball, move the cursor to the end point (position corresponding to the “beat” on the result display.
[Remark]
1HR :
BPM
Δt:
ms
every 2 beats
Heart Rate
Time for the number of beats measured
Number of beats preset for measurement
[Remark]
You can select the number of beats in the result display from 1to 9 by using the preset function. (Refer to Section 110-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”.)
1-49
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-2-4.
Velocity measurement (M.VEL)
You can measure the time, amplitude and velocity from the inclination between two points on the M mode image.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select M.VEL.
→
The + mark appears.
(2)
(3)
→
The velocity, amplitude and time between the marks are displayed.
[Remark]
1M.VEL
v:
Δ D:
Δ t:
.
.
cm/s
cm
ms
Velocity
Amplitude (Distance)
Time
1-50
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-2-5.
General purpose index measurement (M.Index)
values A and B.
Measurement is performed using the Caliper method. (For details of each method refer to Section 1-7-4-1. “The
measurement procedure of Caliper method”.)
[Remark]
Display items”.)
Measurement method
Caliper
M.Length
Time
M.VEL
Distance
Time
Velocity
Unit
cm
sec
cm/s
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select M.Index.
→
(2)
The + mark appears, so measure A (distance).
Press the + switch.
→
B (distance) is measured similarly.
[Remark]
M.Length
M.Index(Leng)
A/B:
.
1A :
. cm
2B :
. cm
Time
M.Index(time)
A/B:
.
1A :
. ms
2B :
. ms
M.VEL
M.Index(Vel.)
A/B:
.
1A :
. cm/s
2B :
. cm/s
[Remark]
If you use a different method of measuring A and B (Time or MVEL method), refer to Section 1-9-2-2.,or 1-9-2-4.
1-51
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3. D mode
[Remark]
The measured values of the blood flow values obtained using this equipment are the absolute values displayed on
the observation monitor.
They are controlled as positive and negative values for the purpose of calculating the arithmetic index.If the display
of each measured value in a report is set to "Average" in a preset, the positive and negative values are added together
and displayed as a mean value. Consequently, when performing multiple measurements of blood flow on the blood
flow waveform drawn using the color Doppler method as a guide, use identical recording conditions (forward and
reverse flow directions) for all of the blood flow waveforms in order to correctly display each of the arithmetic values
arranged in the report.
1-9-3-1.
Time measurement
You can measurement the time between two points on an D mode image.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Time.
→
A + mark appears on the cursor (vertical).
(2)
(3)
→
The time between the marks is displayed.
[Remark]
1 Δt:
ms
1-52
Time
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-2.
Heart Rate measurement
You can measure the heart rate from the time between two points on an D mode image.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select HR.
→
A + mark appears on the cursor (vertical).
(2)
(3)
Using the trackball, move the cursor to the end point (position corresponding to the “beat” on the result display.
[Remark]
1HR :
BPM
Δt:
ms
every 2 beats
Heart rate
Time for the number of beats measured
Number of beats preset for measurement
[Remark]
You can select the number of beats in the result display from 1 to 9 by using the preset function. (Refer to Section
1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”.)
1-53
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-3.
Velocity measurement (D.Velocity)
You can measure the blood flow velocity, blood flow velocity ratio, and so on, between two points indicated by
marks.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Velocity.
→
(2)
A + mark appears, so move it to the measurement point using the trackball. The flow velocity is displayed.
→
Using the trackball, move the + mark to the second measurement point.
The ratio between the flow velocity at the first point and that at the second point is displayed.
[Remark]
1D.VEL
v1:
.
v2:
.
Δv:
v1/v2:
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
.
Flow velocity 1
Flow velocity 2
Difference between flow velocities
Ratio of v1 and v2
1-54
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-4.
Acceleration (deceleration) measurement (ACCEL)
Measure the acceleration (deceleration), time, and so on, between the two marks.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select ACCEL.
→
The + mark appears.
(2)
(3)
→
The acceleration between the two marks is displayed.
[Remark]
1ACCEL
ACC:
v1:
v2:
Δv:
Δt:
1ACCEL
DEC:
v1:
v2:
Δv:
Δt:
.
.
.
cm/s2
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
ms
Acceleration
Flow velocity 1
Flow velocity 2
Time difference between v1 and v2
.
.
.
cm/s2
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
ms
Deceleration
Flow velocity 1
Flow velocity 2
1-55
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-5.
Resistance Index (RI)
You can measure the RI (Resistance Index) from the two flow velocity values (PSV and EDV) on the blood flow
waveform pattern.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select RI.
→
The + mark appears.
(2)
Using the trackball, set the + mark to the systolic peak blood flow velocity (PSV) point, and press the MARK
REF switch.
(3)
Using the trackball, move the mark to the end-diastolic blood flow velocity (EDV) point.
→
PI and S/D are displayed.
PSV
EDV
[Remark]
1RI
RI:
S/D:
PSV:
EDV:
.
.
. cm/s
. cm/s
Resistance Index
Systolic / Diastolic Velocity Ratio
Peak systolic flow velocity
End diastolic flow velocity
1-56
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-6.
Pressure half time (P1/2T)
This function measures and displays the pressure half time and calculates the valve area from the pressure half time
(P1/2T).
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select P1/2T.
→
The + mark appears.
(2)
Using the trackball, set the + mark at the peak blood flow velocity point, and press the MARK REF switch.
(3)
Using the trackball, draw a tangential line along the inclination of the deceleration waveform.
→
P1/2T and VA are displayed.
[Remark]
1P1/2T
P1/2T:
VA:
pV:
PG:
ms
. cm2
. cm/s
. mmHg
1-57
Pressure half time
Valve area
Peak velocity
Pressure gradient
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-7.
D.Caliper 1, 2
You can measure the blood flow velocity, blood flow velocity difference, time difference, blood flow velocity ratio,
and so on, at two points indicated by marks.
[Remark]
You can define the name of this measurement.
You can set the items to be measured and also the result items to be displayed, using a preset function.
(Refer to Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”.)
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select D.Caliper 1 (D.Caliper2).
→
(2)
A + mark is displayed, so move the measurement point using the trackball and press the MARK REF
switch.
→
The time, acceleration, and so on, between the marks are displayed.
[Remark]
1D.VEL
v1:
v2:
Δv:
Δt:
PG1:
PG2:
ACC:
.
.
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
ms
mmHg
mmHg
. cm/s2
Flow velocity1
Flow velocity2
v1 pressure gradient
v2 pressure gradient
Acceleration
1-58
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-8.
General purpose index measurement (D.Index)
values A and B.
Measurement is performed using the Caliper or Trace method. (For details of each method refer to Section 1-7-41., 1-7-4-5.)
[Remark]
Display items”.)
Measurement method
Caliper
Trace
Velocity
PG
Time
MnVel
MnPG
VTI
Velocity
Pressure gradient
Time
Mean Velocity
Mean pressure gradient
Velocity time integral
Unit
cm/s
mmHg
ms
cm/s
mmHg
cm
[Remark]
The factory setting is the Caliper method (Velocity).
Here, the description is given for the case of the Caliper method.
The same operations are used for the other methods as well.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select D.Index.
→
(2)
The + mark appears, so measure A (Velocity).
Press the + switch.
→
B (Velocity) is measured similarly.
[Remark]
Caliper method
Velocity
D.Index(Vel.)
A/B:
.
1A:
. cm/s
2B:
. cm/s
Trace method
Time
D.Index(time)
A/B:
.
1A:
. ms
2B:
. ms
Mean Velocity
D.Index(MnV)
A/B:
.
1A:
. cm/s
2B:
. cm/s
VTI
D.Index(VTI)
A/B:
.
1A:
. cm
2B:
. cm
Pressure Gradient
D.Index(PG)
A/B:
.
1A:
. mmHg
2B:
. mmHg
Mean Pressure Gradient
D.Index(MPG)
A/B:
.
1A:
. mmHg
2B:
. mmHg
[Remark]
If you use a different method of measuring A and B (Trace method), refer to Section 1-7-4-5. “The measurement
procedure of the Dop-Trace method”.
1-59
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-9.
Mean velocity measurement (Mean VEL)
You can trace the blood flow waveform and measure blood flow data such as the mean flow velocity and the mean
pressure gradient.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select D.Mean VEL.
→
(2)
A line cursor (vertical line) is displayed. (+ mark in the case of the Manual Trace method)
Trace the blood flow waveform, and measure the blood flow data.
(In the case of the Auto Trace method)
a.
Using the trackball and MARK REF switch, set the trace section, then press the MARK REF switch once
again.
→
A trace line is automatically drawn, so adjust the detection level of the trace line using rotary encoder 1.
[Remark]
switch at this point in time to switch over to the Manual mode.
For details of Manual Trace operation, refer to Section 1-7-4-5. “The measurement procedure of the Dop-Trace
method”.
[Remark]
1Mean VEL.
MnV:
.
MPG:
VTI:
FlowT:
cm/s
mmHg
cm
ms
Mean velocity
Flow time
1-60
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-10. Pulsatility Index (PI)
You can trace the blood flow waveform and measure data concerning blood flow dynamics, such as PI, RI and S/D.
Note
Use the systolic peak blood flow velocity (PSV) and the end-diastolic blood flow velocity (EDV) for computing PI and RI.
There are reports to the effect that the end-diastolic minimum blood flow velocity is also used for these
indexes.
The diastolic blood flow velocity and the end-diastolic minimum blood flow velocity do not necessarily
match each other.
Consequently, when starting these measurements, move the phase of EDV to the end-diastole or minimum
blood flow velocity point.
Calculate PI and RI at the blood flow velocity at these points.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select PI.
→
(2)
Using the Trace method, measure PI, RI, S/D, and so on, of the blood flow waveform.
a.
Using the trackball and the MARK REF switch, set the period of one heartbeat, then press the MARK REF
switch once again.
→
A trace line and also line cursors marked “S” and “D” are automatically drawn. Adjust the detection level of the trace line using rotary encoder 1.
S
[Remark]
Adjust the positions of the line cursors marked with the letters “S” and “D” using
the MARK REF switch and the trackball.
“S” : Peak Systolic Velocity point
“D” : End Diastolic Velocity point
D
[Remark]
method”.
[Remark]
If you wish to continue measurement, press the + switch. To finalize the input, press the SET switch.
1PI
PI :
RI :
PSV:
.
EDV:
.
MnV:
.
FlowT:
.
.
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
ms
1-61
Pulsatility Index
Resistance Index
Mean velocity
Flow time
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-11. Stenosis flow measurement (Steno flow)
You can trace the stenosis blood flow waveform and measure the stenosis valve passage peak blood flow velocity
(pV), maximum pressure gradient between valves (PG), the mean pressure gradient (MPG), time (P1/2T), and so on.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Steno flow.
→
(2)
Using the Trace method, measure blood-flow information of the blood flow waveform.
a.
Using the trackball and the MARK REF switch, set the period of one heartbeat, then press the MARK REF
switch once again.
→
A trace line and the line cursor of the pV point are automatically drawn. Adjust the detection level of
the trace line using rotary encoder 1.
[Remark]
The P1/2T time is also renewed in synchronism with this Peak velocity point operation.
[Remark]
Adjust the line cursor position of the pV point using the trackball.
[Remark]
method”.
[Remark]
If you wish to continue measurement, press the + switch. To finalize the input, press the SET switch.
1Steno flow
MnV:
. cm/s
MPG:
. mmHg
pV:
. cm/s
VTI:
. cm
FlowT:
ms
P1/2T:
ms
VA:
. cm2
Mean velocity
Peak velocity
Flow time
Pressure half time
Valve area
1-62
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-12. Regurgitation flow measurement (Regurg flow)
You can trace the regurgitation waveform and obtain the valve regurgitation peak blood flow velocity (pV), the maximum pressure gradient between valves (PG), and so on.
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Regurg flow.
→
(2)
Using the Trace method, measure blood-flow information of the blood flow waveform.
a.
Using the trackball and the MARK REF switch, set the trace section, then press the MARK REF switch once
again.
→
A trace line and the line cursor of the pV point are automatically drawn. Adjust the detection level of
the trace line using rotary encoder 1.
[Remark]
Adjust the line cursor position of the pV point using the trackball.
[Remark]
method”.
[Remark]
1Regurg
MnV:
MPG:
pV:
PG:
FlowT:
flow
. cm/s
. mmHg
. cm/s
. mmHg
ms
1-63
Mean velocity
Peak velocity
Pressure gradient
Flow time
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-3-13. Measurement of other D.Trace (1 — 2)
You can calculate all of the Doppler data that is obtained from the traced waveform.
The operation procedure for each measurement is the same as that of Section 1-9-3-10. “Pulsatility Index (PI)”.
[Remark]
You can define the name of this measurement.
You can set the items to be measured and also the result items to be displayed, using a preset function. (Refer to
Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”.)
1D.Trace1
PSV:
.
EDV:
.
MnV:
.
Δ v:
.
PG1:
PG2:
MPG:
.
Δ PG:
VTI:
.
FlowT:
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
mmHg
mmHg
mmHg
mmHg
cm
ms
Mean velocity
PSV pressure gradient
EDV pressure gradient
Mean velocity pressure gradient
Difference between pressure gradient (PG1-PG2)
Flow time
1-64
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-4. B/D mode
1-9-4-1.
Flow volume
You can calculate the flow volume of blood flowing at a constant velocity or of blood flowing in a peripheral vessel,
for example.
There are two methods of calculating the flow volume, a method that uses MnV (mean flow velocity), and a method
that uses VTI (velocity time integration).
1) Using Flow Volume (MnV)
You can calculate the blood flow volume from the mean flow velocity obtained using the Dop Trace method and
also the cross-sectional area of the flow path obtained using the Caliper (Trace, Ellipse or Circle) method.
[Remark]
You can set a coefficient (COEF) using a preset. (Refer to Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”.)
The factory default setting is COEF = 1.00.
For reference: When calculating flow volume using an animal or a phantom, the coefficient (COEF) is between
about 0.5 and 0.7. There are reports to the effect that the coefficient is 0.57 in the case of blood flowing through the portal vein, and 0.655 in the case of blood flowing through the radial artery.
<Operation method>
Display the B/D mode image
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Flow Volume.
→
(2)
Move the line cursor, and press the MARK REF switch.
→
(3)
A + mark appears on the cursor (vertical). (+ mark in the case of the Manual Trace method)
The line cursor separates into two at a point 1 sec away.
→
The Auto Trace function operates, and the mean flow velocity (MnV) is computed.
[Remark]
If you cannot perform an adjustment satisfactorily using rotary encoder 1, press the CANCEL switch or the Trace
Manual switch to switch to the Manual Trace mode.
For details of the Manual Trace operation, refer to Section 1-7-4-5. “The measurement procedure of the Dop-Trace
method”.
1-65
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(4)
Press the + switch.
→
(5)
The + mark appears on the B mode image.
Measure the flow path diameter (CSD) using the Caliper method.
→
The flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) and the flow volume are computed. (The flow path cross-sectional area is computed on the assumption that it is circular in shape.)
[Remark]
[Remark]
In some cases, the flow path cross-sectional area is obtained directly using the Trace, Ellipse or Circle method. You
can set these functions using the present function. (Refer to Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”.)
•Regarding the accuracy of the outflow path diameter measurement, the outflow path cross-sectional area is
proportional to the square of the outflow path diameter. Consequently, when measuring the outflow path diameter,
higher accuracy can be obtained by performing measurement on an enlarged image.
<Example of Flow Volume(MnV) results display>
F. Volume(MnV)
1MnV:
. cm/s
2CSA:
. cm2
CSD :
. cm
FV :
. ml/m
COEF: 1.00
Mean velocity
Cross-sectional area
Cross-sectional diameter
Flow Volume
Coefficient
2) Using Flow Volume (VTI)
You can calculate the blood flow rate from the velocity time- integrated (VTI) value for one heartbeat obtained using
the Dop Trace method, the flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) obtained using the Caliper (Trace, Ellipse, Circle)
method, and the blood flow volume from the heart rate.
<Operation method>
Display the B/D mode image.
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch and select VTI of Flow Volume.
→
(2)
The line cursor (vertical line) is displayed. (+ mark in the case of the Manual Trace method)
Using the trackball, move the line cursor (vertical line) to the 1-heartbeat measurement starting point, and
press the MARK REF switch.
1-66
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(3)
again.
→
The Auto Trace function operates, enabling you to measure the time-integrated value of the velocity
(VTI).
[Remark]
If you can not perform an adjustment satisfactorily using rotary encoder 1, press the CANCEL switch to switch to
the Manual Trace mode.
For details of the Manual Trace operation, refer to Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display items”.
(4)
Press the + switch.
→
(5)
Press the + switch.
→
(6)
The heart rate line cursor is displayed, so measure one heartbeat using the trackball and the MARK REF
switch.
The + mark for the flow path diameter (CSD) is displayed on the B mode image
Measure the flow path diameter (CSD) using the Caliper method.
→
[Remark]
In some cases, the flow path cross-sectional area is obtained by directly using the Trace, Ellipse or Circle method.
You can set these functions using the present function. ( refer to Section 1-10-4-1..)
The factory default setting is the Caliper method.
[Remark]
Regarding the accuracy of the outflow path diameter measurement, the outflow path cross-sectional area is proportional to the square of the outflow path diameter. Consequently, when measuring the outflow path diameter, higher
accuracy can be obtained by performing a measurement on an enlarged image.
<Example of Flow Volume(VTI) results display>
F.Volume(VTI)
1VTI:
. cm
2HR :
. BPM
3CSA:
. cm2
CSD :
. cm
FV :
. ml/b
FV :
. ml/m
Heart Rate
Blood flow corresponding to for one beat
Blood flow corresponding to for one minute
1-67
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-4-2.
Flow volume (SV/CO)
You can calculate blood flow volume from a pulsating blood flow waveform.
Calculate blood flow (SV, CO), and so on from the flow path cross-sectional area (CSA) and the heart rate obtained
using the time-integrated value of the velocity (VTI) obtained using the Dop Trace method and the flow path crosssectional area (CSA) obtained using the Caliper (Trace, Ellipse or Circle) method.
<Operation method>Display the B/D mode image
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select SV/CO.
→
(2)
A + mark appears on the cursor (vertical). (+ mark in the case of the Manual Trace method)
Trace the blood flow waveform, and measure the time-integrated value of the velocity (VTI).
a.
again.
→
[Remark]
method”.
(3)
Press the + switch.
→
(4)
The heart rate line cursor appears, so measure one heartbeat using the trackball and the MARK REF
switch.
Press the + switch.
→
A + mark for the flow path diameter (CSD) appears on the B mode image, so measure the flow path
diameter (CSD) using the Caliper method.
→
[Remark]
1-68
MN1-1175 Rev.9
[Remark]
In some cases, the flow path cross-sectional area is obtained directly using the Trace, Ellipse or Circle method.
You can set these functions using the present function. (Refer to Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured Method & Display
items”.)
• Regarding the accuracy of the outflow path diameter measurement, the outflow path cross-sectional area is proportional to the square of the outflow path diameter. Consequently, when measuring the outflow path diameter,
higher accuracy can be obtained by performing measurement on an enlarged (ZOOM switch) image.
SV/CO
1VTI:
2HR :
3CSA:
CSD :
SV :
CO :
.
.
.
.
.
cm
BPM
cm2
cm
ml
l/m
1-69
Heart rate (1 beat)
Stroke volume
Cardiac output
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-5. B (Flow) mode
1-9-5-1.
Blood Flow measurement (Flow Profile) (The optional SOP-4000-13 is necessary.)
This measurement method is aiming for easy adaptability from head to foot and well reproducibility of measurement
result of the blood flow volume in the peripheral vessel (tube-like form) system simply and easy.
One dimension flow rate profile detected by the colored doppler method is expanded to a two dimension profile. The
individual flow rate value provided by the two dimension profile is multiplied by the respective micro-area element
to obtain the individual flow volume. By accumulating these individual blood flows, it is possible to do a quantification of a split-second blood flow volume.
Furthermore, with the integration processes of split-second blood flow in a time course, you can obtain the blood
flow volume which flows for an optional time in area of interest.
We intend to use multiple pieces of B (Flow) image.
As a preparation work for this measurement, it is requested to specify a beginning image and an ending image before
starting an examination.
Note
In order to improve measurement precision, in using the Flow Profile measurement function, it is recommended to follow the underwritten notices.
(1) About Measurement object image and blood vessel
a.
For a color image of measurement object, use a longitudinal image having uniformity in flow direction
and a sliced image with a maximum diameter of blood vessels as much as possible.
b. It cannot be adapted to non-circular vessels such as veins, because the cross section of vessel is supposed to be orbicular for obtaining good result in measurement. With this limitation, it is not suitable
for the measurement of heart intracavitary blood flow. Therefore, it is advisable to use for the blood
flow of the carotid arteries or peripheral vessels.
c. Depicting a good major axis cross-section image continuing and passing through the center of blood
vessel by the normal color doppler method, then Freeze it. Using the search function, set a good major
axis cross-section image for two or three heart rates, and execute an authentic measurement concerned.
(2) About the setting condition of Color image drawing
Because this function is created dependent on the basis of colored doppler signal, the quality of image
signal provided gives a significant effect on measured values. It is assumed that all of the setting of
equipment concerning color display is affecting to the outcome of image.
a.
Setting of speed range.
In measurement of ROI, set the speed range minimum in order to make sure of the following conditions; aliasing does not occur; no color defect and no frame appearance are observed in end diastole
with a too high setting of speed range.
b. Setting of Flow Filter.
When displaying a color image, set the value of Flow Filter as low as possible not to depict any unnecessary signals (At the degree that even a slow flow is caught).
c. Function of no combination-use allowed.
Do not use the function of Color Reject.
d. Setting of Flow Gain.
Adjust the Flow Gain to a degree so that color signals may be buried enough in the blood vessel and
noises may not be conspicuous.
e. Setting of Color Frame correlation.
Set Color Frame correlation to a minimum valve.
1-70
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Note
f.
Setting of Frame Rate.
The Frame Rate displayed by the colored doppler method includes some restrictions.
When the Frame Rate decreases, there is a tendency of error augmented because of decreasing the
number of frames for one heart rate.
Set the Frame Rate as high as possible in order to minimize the effect of the change in blood flow velocity. In addition, use an image that is synchronized to TV synchronization, and confirm that TV
SYNC of Image 1 of preset has been set to the Frame.
(3) Setting of a base line creating a blood flow velocity profile (it calls a profile line in the following)
a.
Set a profile line (A - B) passing through the center of blood vessel and being perpendicular to the vascular wall.
b. Pay attention not to set it broader than the requirement of A - B interval, because the measurement
result may be affected by any other blood vessels (color information) included in the interval of the
profile line (A - B).
(4) Setting of the position/record of a physiological signal wave form display
a.
Set the position of a physiological signal wave form display at the lower part of screen at Default position.
(5) About record and playback of image
a.
•
•
When an image of physiological signal displayed in a moving bar state is recorded to a MO disk as a
VCM Multi image (a continuation taken in VCM), and then an authentic measurement is made with
the Playback DICOM image later, there may be cases not to keep correlations between the time of
physiological signals and the split-second flow (Flow volume) change curve pursuing FV (ml / p).
In order to avoid this condition, before recording an image, set a physiological signal wave form display in a scroll state and record it to a MO disk.
b. When an authentic measurement is made after playing back an image recorded on a MO disk ;
An image before recording ;
Record an image synchronized to TV synchronization, and confirm that TV SYNC of Image 1 of pre-setting is set by the Frame.
When recording it to MO ;
It is necessary to record it by “Palette color” mode when recording it to an MO.
In addition, when loading the image from an MO, designate “Palette” mode, and read it from the MO.
(6) About a playback image and an equipment executing an authentic measurement
When executing an authentic measurement for the DICOM image which has played back from an MO
disk, there may be difference in aspect rate of picture element by the model of machine that took in to the
MO disk.
Therefore, for example, in the image which has been played back, there are cases that orbicular shapes
are displayed on a state near to elliptic.
Reproducibility by measured values may exert some harmful effects on the image (Dependent on the
aspect ratio).
Therefore, execute an authentic measurement using the DICOM image which has been played back by
the same model of machine that recorded the image.
[Remark]
When the blood flow volume of measurement object is low, it tends to be overestimated to some extent by the effect
of Flow Filter.
Where low speed ingredients are suppressed by the filter, the average flow rate value tends to be higher than the real value.
When an average flow rate value is high, there is little effect in error even if low speed ingredients are suppressed,
but the effect becomes evident when an average flow rate is low. With this reason, a tendency overestimating the
flow rate appears to be noticeable in low flow rate condition.
1-71
MN1-1175 Rev.9
<Operation method>
About the auto-detecting function of blood vessel diameter as a measurement object from color information, an explanation of its “ON” condition is described as follows :
Depicting a major axis cross-section image continuing and passing through the center of blood vessel by the normal
color doppler method, then press the FREEZE switch.
(1)
Set a section of the flow calculation object.
→
(2)
With the search function, set a good major axis cross-section image for two or three heart rates.
Then, display an image which color signals have been buried enough in the blood vessel.
Press the MEASUREMENT switch and select the Flow Profile.
→
A Mark “A” for the blood flow measurement is displayed on the screen center.
(3)
Move the mark “A” with the trackball to the frontal neighborhood of blood vessel paries anterior.
(4)
Set a base line creating a blood flow velocity profile (called as a profile line in the following)
→
Press the MARK REF switch and move the mark “A” with the Track ball and set a profile line (A - B)
passing through the center of the blood vessel and becoming perpendicular to the vascular wall near by
posterior of the blood vessel paries posterior.
A blood flow velocity profile graph is displayed from the color information on the profile line on the left
side of screen.
[Remark]
Pay attention to the condition that a side bar shown in the neighborhood of the profile line A-B becomes parallel
with the paries anterior and posterior of blood vessel; also not to set the A-B interval broader than the requirement,
because if other blood vessels (color information) are included between the profile lines (A - B), it may cause some
effects to the measurement outcome.
[Remark]
Pressing the MARK REF switch, you can switching over the position of removable mark “A”.
(5)
Display a blood flow (FV ml/m) and a split-second Flow volume change curve.
→
Press the SET switch, you can calculate a blood flow (FV ml/m) with the blood flow equivalent to the
section which set in (1).
Flow volume change curves by every image recorded in the image memory are displayed on the screen
bottom.
1-72
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(6)
If necessary, set the arbitrary section flow volume (FV ml/p) again.
→
The Search mark and Cine scale are displayed on a instant Flow volume change curve.
Set the section with the operation of the trackball and the MARK REF switch.
The blood flow volume (FV ml/p) equivalent to the section set newly is calculated.
[Remark]
When the Auto Trace function is OFF;
In operation of (3) (4), set each mark “A”, “B” on the blood vessel interior wall.
As for the operation after (5), the operating procedure is as the same as in the case the auto Trace function is ON
status.
Diam
MnV
FV
FV
FV
Angle
.
.
.
.
.
.
mm
cm/s
ml/f
ml/p
ml/m
°
Blood vessel inside diameter that is set on a profile line
Average flow rate value between A - B on a profile line
Blood flow corresponding to one frame of display image
Blood flow corresponding to an optional section that is set
Blood flow corresponding to for one minute
An angle between an ultrasound beam aligned to the center line of
blood vessel and the flow direction
1-73
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-6. VCR Calibration
1-9-6-1.
Calibration and VCR playback measurement
In order to freeze and measure a VCR playback image, an echography information (examination date, patient information, image information) must be set to the equipment and this operation is called as Calibration.
To perform the device built-in ultrasound measurement function after setting the Calibration is called as Playback
measurement.
An operating method of Calibration to perform a VCR Playback measurement is described hereunder.
The measurement menu shown in VCR Playback measurement executing time is displayed as the assembly of mode
that each Calibration setting has been made.
In addition, when the echography information mentioned above cannot be recognized by the built-in system of
equipment, not only for those videotapes but also for Playback images from other media (e.g., MO), the calibration
operation becomes necessary.
Note
In order to demonstrate the same precision ability as the SSD-4000 ultrasound wave measurement does,
observe the following notices in performing the VCR Playback measurement.
(1) About a recording and a playback of image
A distortion of playback image is anticipated from difference in aspect ratio of picture elements (aspect
ratio). As the result, there may be some disparities in measured values from the true values.
•
•
•
Execute a VCR Playback measurement on Playback by SSD-4000 with using the videotape recorded by
SSD-4000.
Regarding recording, Playback and Finishing, refer to “3-2. Recording and playing back images on a
VCR” in the How to Use manual.
When recording a doppler blood flow wave form, ensure to record an image that has been completed of
Angle adjustment and Baseline setting.
(2) About information necessary for a measurement
The information about measurements recorded in the equipment currently is succeeded to even in the ON
state of VCR Playback. Therefore, before accepting a new patient, press the New Patient switch without
fail and make sure to initialize the measurement data as the first step. After inputting new examination
date and new patient name, perform the Calibration operation.
(3) A measurement that cannot be executed by VCR Playback measurement
The following measurement/function which information has obtained from the image memory cannot be
executed, namely; Histogram measurement, Flow Profile measurement, and Doppler auto trace function
of doppler wave form in doppler measurement.
(4) A measurement that the operating procedure is partly changed in VCR Playback measurement
The Doppler Auto trace function of doppler wave form in the doppler measurement cannot be executed.
In this case all of the operation are replaced by Manual Trace procedure.
(5) There are no scales in vertical, horizontal, and depth directions on the 3D reconstructed image.
Therefore, as the calibration data is not reliable, do not measure the 3D reconstructed images.
1-74
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-6-2.
•
•
•
•
•
The switches used in the fundamental procedure of VCR Calibration.
For Separation Handling of Calibration mark : MARK REF switch
For Decision operation of Calibration mark : SET switch
Data entry : from the keyboard.
Procedure returning to the state before separation in each marking : CANCEL switch
Registration decision ; select the OK button in the Dialogue screen
1-9-6-3.
A Calibration operation of Playback measurement for every new ID patient
The switching operation when MITSUBISHI HS-MD3000 optional remote control cable is connected is explained
with using ( ) in the following procedure.
<Operation method of VCR Calibration>
(1)
Display a playback image recorded by SSD-4000 with the playback system of SSD-4000.
→
(2)
Freeze the VCR playback image.
→
(3)
The information about measurement currently in the equipment currently is succeeded to even in the ON
state of VCR playback.
Therefore, before accepting a new patient, press the New Patient switch without fail and make sure to
initialize any measurement data and other patients' data.
Input Examination date.
→
(5)
Press the FREEZE switch on the panel and stop the playback for measurement operation.
Then press the STOP button ( FOCUS switch) on the video deck and stop the playback of VCR image.
Press the NEW PATIENT switch.
→
(4)
Press the EXT switch on the panel and switch over to a playback image display state.
Execute a VCR playback with the playback button ( SCAN AREA switch) on a Video deck.
As the dialogue of examination date setting is displayed, designate the date displayed at the upper right
on the VCR playback image with the arrow.
For decision, select the OK button. After inputting the decision, the ID screen is replaced.
Input a new patient information.
→
Input a patient information of VCR playback measurement object by the same operation as described in
the chapter 1, ID in the “How to Use” manual.
Select the OK button on the right downside of the screen and then a playback image display appears.
1-75
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-9-6-4.
Setting operation of Calibration on image mode of each playback image
In each setting operation of Calibration, an operation guide message is displayed on the bottom of the screen.
Follow the instruction of setting up.
1) B mode Calibration operation method
Set a Depth information of B mode image.
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch and select the Calibration Type B mode after selecting the Calibrate.
→
(2)
Input the B depth information of Y axis direction and set it.
→
(3)
With the trackball and the MARK REF switch, designate two points on the B scale with the mark for
calibration.
Input calibration values.
→
(4)
A mark for calibration is displayed in the screen center.
On pressing the SET switch, the dialogue for calibration value input is displayed. After inputting the
values of depth between two points of (2) from the keyboard, select the OK button.
When all setting is completed, it is ready to execute the B mode-related ultrasound measurement function.
1-76
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2) M mode Calibration operation method
An M mode image setting is made in sequence of image depth and time information.
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch and select the Calibration type Mode after selecting the Calibrate.
→
(2)
Input M depth information of Y axis direction and set it.
→
(3)
As a mark for time (a perpendicular line) is displayed, using the trackball and the MARK REF switch,
designate two points on X axis direction of the M mode image with the calibration mark.
→
(6)
On pressing the SET switch, the dialogue for calibration value input is displayed. After inputting the
values of depth between two points of (2) from the keyboard, select the OK button.
Input a Time information of X axis direction and set it.
→
(5)
With the trackball and the MARK REF switch, designate two points on the M scale with the mark for
calibration.
→
(4)
On pressing the SET switch, the dialogue for calibration value input is displayed. After inputting values
of time between two points of (4) from the keyboard, select the OK button.
When all setting is completed, it is ready to execute the M mode-related ultrasound measurement function.
1-77
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3) D mode Calibration operation method
Set a position of the base line ,velocity, time information in that sequence on the D mode image.
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch and select the Calibration type Dop mode after selecting the Calibrate.
→
(2)
Set the position of base line.
→
(3)
As a mark for time (a perpendicular line) is displayed, using the trackball and the MARK REF switch,
designate two points on X axis direction of the D mode image with the calibration mark.
→
(7)
On pressing the SET switch, the dialogue for the calibration value input is displayed. After inputting the
values of velocity between two points of (2) (3) from the keyboard, select the OK button.
Input Time information of X axis direction and set it.
→
(6)
Pressing the MARK REF switch, you can match another mark that is separated with one end on the Dop
scale.
→
(5)
This mark is put on top of the base line on the playback D mode image.
Input Dop scale information of Y axis direction and set it.
→
(4)
On pressing the SET switch, the dialogue for calibration value input is displayed. After inputting values
of time between two points of (5) from the keyboard, select the OK button.
When all setting is completed, it is ready to execute the D mode-related ultrasound measurement function.
1-78
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10.Preset Function
1-10. Preset Function
1-10-1. Composition of the preset function
A measurement preset consists mainly of the following three functions.
(1)
Create Measurement Tools
(2)
(3)
Study Assignment
SW Assignment
= Basic settings, and settings related to measurement method, mark size,
and report display
= Setting a menu, transfer list, report display configuration, and so on
= Assigning various measurement functions for short cut operations to
switches
The preset functions related to basic measurements, and their configuration, are set out below.
These functions are common to each application (diagnostic area).
Abdom Preset
Create Measurement tools
Basic Measurement
Measurement Method & Display Items
Settings related to measurement method, mark size, report display, and so on.
Settings related to the method used to perform Basic measurements, Mark Style and
result display.
Settings of measurement method, Mark Style and result display items, for each
measurement.
B.Mode
B mode measurement settings.
M.Mode
M mode measurement settings.
D.Mode
D mode measurement settings.
F.Mode
Caliper Mark Control
Flow mode measurement settings.
Settings of the measurement mark size and dot line.
Unit Selection
Setting of display unit used during Basic measurement.
Caliper Auto Off
Setting of function that automatically erases measurement marks and measurement
results when the image is unfrozen.
Report Data
Selection of the method of displaying measurement values on the report (mean
value or not).
Display Form
Mark Display
User’s Calculation
Application Measurement *1
Study Assignment
Setting of Basic measurement result display style.
Setting for displaying a caliper mark.
Function is for making the registration of calculation formulas voluntarily by user.
Settings of method used for application measurement, Mark Style and result display.
Settings of measurement menu registration, report display configuration and
transfer list, for each Ultrasonic Examination Study.
Defined study name
Built-in : Basic
Menu Assiginment
Function that enables a measurement menu to be created and edited.
Combined Report Display*2
Function that enables the configuration of a report to be edited.
Transfer List Assign*2
Function that enables a transfer list to be created and edited.
Other
Function that enables a selection of whether or not to display a measurement
operation guide message.
SW Assignment
Setting of registration of the direct execution switches.
+Mark Key Assignment
Function that assigns Basic measurements to be executed when the + switch is pressed.
Hot Key Assignment
Function that assigns the measurement function that operates when a specific
alphabet key is pressed.
Measure SW Assignment
Function that assigns the measurement function that operates when the User switch
is pressed.
[Remark]
∗1 : In this chapter, only User's Calculation is explained as for Application Measurement Tools.
The following description is based on Abdom as an example.
∗2 : Not displayed in the case of Abdom, Small Parts or Other.
1-79
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-2. Basic operations and function of each button
1-10-2-1. Method of displaying the preset screen
(1)
Press the PRESET switch, and select Set up of Preset.
(2)
Select an application from the MEASUREMENT list on the right hand side.
[Remark]
Open the measurement menu, move the arrow pointer to the Preset position, and press the SET switch to display the
Preset Top screen.
SET
1-10-2-2. Buttons on the Preset screen
The function of each button on the Preset screen is described below.
Cancel : Cancels the set contents, and closes the Preset screen.
Exit
: Saves the set contents, and closes the Preset screen.
Next
: Displays the next screen (when there are a number of screens).
Prev.
: Displays the previous screen (when there are a number of screens).
1-80
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-2-3. Preset setting buttons
The Preset screen has three types of function setting buttons.
ON
Push button type check box:
Used to select one of two statuses. Displays the selected status.
(Each time this button is pressed, the status switches between ON and OFF.)
Radio button:
Used to select one item from two or more items.
(Used to make an alternative selection from Histogram ROI Size, Report Storage Number, etc.)
▼
Combo box:
Used to activate a function that displays a pull-down menu to enable you to make a selection.
1-10-3. Initializing Preset
<It displays the name of the application being executed.>
This function returns the entire contents of a measurement preset to the initial settings.
<Operation method>
(1)
Move the arrow to the Application name at the top of the screen, and press the SET switch.
→
(2)
Move the arrow to the No button of All Initialize on the screen, and press the SET switch.
→
(3)
The above screen appears.
No will change to Yes, and the Initialize button will operate.
To initialize the preset, press the SET switch.
[Remark]
Note that once you perform an Initialize operation, the measurement preset will remain initialized, even if you press
the Cancel button for the screen.
1-81
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-4. Create MEASUREMENT Tools
<Settings concerning basic measurement method, mark size, and REPORT display>
This function enables you to set one pattern for one application. (You cannot set a pattern for each study.)
Create Measurement Tools is broadly divided into Basic Measurement and Application Measurement.
Each type of measurement contains the following items.
• Measure Method & display items
This function sets the items concerning marks (tools) used for measurement, measurement method, and displaying
the results.
• Caliper mark control
This function sets the display pattern, size, and so on, of the caliper marks used for measurement.
• Unit selection
This function sets the unit system for displaying the results.
• Caliper auto off
This function sets whether or not to erase the measurement results and marks together when an image is unfrozen.
• Display Form
It is a function for setting whether the measurement results are displayed longitudinally or transversely and setting
for the display state of the caliper mark during measurement.
In addition, on the Basic Measurement screen, there is a function which is called the Copy from that can copy
collectively the setting state of the fundamental measurement of other Applications.
Copy from:
Used to copy the setup status related
to basic measurements from another
application.
Application MEASUREMENT items are described in the sub-section for each application measurement.
A description of each basic measurement setting item that is common to each diagnostic area (Application) is set out
below.
1-82
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-4-1. Measured Method & Display items
<Settings related to basic measurement method, mark type, units, etc.>
This function enables you to set the working environment concerning the measurement methods, mark types, types
of result display, units, and so on that are used when basic measurements are executed.
1)
Screen for B mode basic measurements
Displayed page/Total number of pages
Return to previous page
Advance to next page
Selection button for
result display item
Alternative selection
• Area-Length method
• Ellipse+Caliper method
• 3 caliper method
• Ellipse method
2)
Screen for M mode basic measurements
1-83
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3)
Screen for D mode basic measurements
[Remark]
The configuration, layout and setting method for other basic measurement function screens are the same.
4)
Screen of Name Assignment
You can enter a name
from the keyboard.
1-84
MN1-1175 Rev.9
5)
Screen for Flow mode basic measurements
1-85
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-4-2. Caliper Mark Control
<You can set a measurement mark size from one of the following.>
Caliper Mark Size
You can set a measurement mark
size from one of the following.
• Small
• Medium
• Large
Mark Indicator
This setting is used to select whether or
not to display a number that corresponds
to the measurement results at bottom right
of the mark when the basic measurements
are finalized. When displaying a number,
you can also set its size.
Dotted Line
You can set a line display pattern between caliper marks
from one of the following.
• mm Enter a number in the box on the right hand side.
• pixel Enter a number in the box on the right hand side.
• line A straight line is displayed between marks.
• NA Nothing is displayed between marks.
∗ This function is for Caliper type B, M and D basic measurements.
1-86
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-4-3. Unit Selection
<Settings related to measurement result units>
This function is used to set the unit for each displayed measurement value when each basic measurement is performed.
B,M Mode
You can set the unit of each basic
measurement result related to the B
mode and M mode.
• cm(cm/s)
• mm(mm/s)
Volume Measurement
You can set the unit of each basic Volume
measurement value concerning the B mode
and D mode.
• B Volume
• Flow Volume
Dop Measurement
You can set the unit of blood
flow velocity in the Dop
measurement results.
• cm/s
• m/s
1-87
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-4-4. Caliper Auto Off
<Setting of function that automatically erases measurement marks and measurement results when
the image is unfrozen>
This function enables you to set whether or not to automatically erase (ON) or not erase (OFF) measurement marks
and measurement results displayed on the screen, by canceling the freeze status, either during or after the end of
measurement.
Status
Meaning
ON
All of the measurement results and caliper marks are erased when the freeze status is canceled.
OFF
The measurement results and caliper marks remain even when the freeze status is canceled.
The factory setting for all basic measurements other than F. Volume and SV/CO is ON.
<Automatic erase function setting of a measurement mark in Search>
The function to erase a caliper mark coinciding with a turn-timing of images in Search can be set by the methods of
Area-Length, SP Simpson, and BP Simpson in the Volume measurement.
State of Search Clear
Meaning
ON
When images are turned over in a Search process, the caliper mark is erased at
flipping every image.
OFF
Even if an image is turned over in Search, the caliper mark remains.
1-88
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-4-5. Display Form
<Setting of a measurement result display>
It is set whether the measurement results are displayed with a layout for a vertical display or a transverse display.
Sideways
Measurement results are set with a layout for a transverse display.
Lengthwise
Measurement results are set with a layout for a vertical display.
1-10-4-6. Mark Display
<Setting for Caliper mark>
When each basic measurement is carried out, it is the function to set selection about the display of displayed caliper
mark and measurement results.
Mark Active
It is erased other than the measurement
results and the marks being used.
Mark Display
Measurement results and the caliper marks
are all displayed.
1-89
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-5. Application Measurement Tools
1-10-5-1. User’s Calculation
< Procedure to register the computation expression that the user has made as a measurement
package>
The function is for making out a measurement package that is produced with index calculation formulas in combining with basic functions such as distance, area, and flow velocity.
The measurement package can be made with combining four sets of index calculation expressions at the maximum.
It can be possible to make it out with up to six formulas for every application.
In addition, if built-in measurement parameters every application are incorporated into formulas or if words prepared
by user are saved to the device, these parameters and words can be used in multiple formulas at the same time.
< Setting the procedure of Equation Program>
Create User’s Calculation :
It is selected when preparing
formulas and registering them.
Delete User’s Calculation :
It is selected when deleting
formulas.
Create Reserved Word :
It is selected when registering
reserved words.
Delete Reserved Word :
It is selected when deleting
reserved words.
The names of formulas are
displayed when the registrations
of formulas are completed.
The names of reserved
words are displayed.
1-90
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(1)
Select the radio button of "Create User's Calculation," and select U-Calc.1.
→
A screen for input is displayed.
(An Input screen of Equation)
Calculation Name :
Registering the name of
measurement package
Right side member
( Input of calculation formulas):
Mainly formulas are consisted of
variables (measurement items).
The maximum number of
characters for one formula is 180.
Left side member
( answer variable):
Mainly is consisting of
calculated values or index
values.
The list of operators.
Reserved words for application measurements:
Serve as menu for application measurement
items corresponding to each mode.
Reserved words registered by user:
Serve as menu for reserved words set by
Reserved Word Registration.
• Calculation Name
: The name of measurement package to be created can be input within 12 characters, and
this name is displayed on the measurement menu.
• Left side member
(answer variable)
: These can be entered from the keyboard within 12 characters, and the first character is
an English letter followed by alphanumeric characters.
• Right side member ( Input of calculation formulas) :
The number of variables available for input is up to 7 in total for four formulas
altogether and the number of characters usable as a variable is up to 13.
The number of input characters as a Constant is up to 20.
When the right side member is entered, the left side member that has been already in
the system can be saved at first.
In that case, put them in brackets of < > at the beginning.
Example:
The first formula was A=B+C; then the second formula should be D=<A>/F.
• Reserved words
(2)
: The name of a measurement item used in measurement for each application or the name
of measurement item registered by user is called as a reserved word.
Input to formulas.
→
An input is made from the keyboard or from by selecting an operator on the list.
[Remark]
After the next page, it is defined that the left side member is an answer variable, and the names of measurement item
to the right side member are called as input variables, thus explanations will be followed.
1-91
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(3)
Select Method&Unit.
→
As a screen is displayed as in the following example; Unit, Mode, Method, Parameter are set from the
combo box.
(A registration screen of method and unit)
The display of an answer variable is set with ON/OFF.
Method&Unit←→Equation
A screen is replaced.
Variable :
Answer variables and Names of
measurement variables registered
by Method&Unit are displayed.
Unit :
Units are selected in
accordance with the
setting.
Order :
The sequential order of
measurements is set and
the setting is shown in the
order of 1 through 7
Method :
Measurement methods are
selected in accordance with
the mode.
Parameter :
When there are plural parameters
in a selected Method, parameters
are selected alternatively.
Mode :
Measurement mode is set.
[Remark]
When any units are selected other than available one (i.e. mg/min, etc.), you are requested to select the Type-in in
the combo box first and enter the name of unit from the keyboard (5 characters).
(4)
When the setting is finished, select the Exit on the right upper corner of the screen.
→
The formula is then registered.
[Remark]
Methods and Parameters usable by User's Calculation setting are as follows.
Mode
Method
Parameter
Mean
Unit
B
Dist
No selectable items
Distance
cm
Area-T
Area
Circ
Area
Circumference
cm2
cm
Area-C
Area
Circ
Diam
Area
Circumference
Diameter
cm2
cm
cm
Area-E
Area
Circ
x-ax
y-ax
Area
Circumference
x-axis
y-axis
cm2
cm
cm
cm
1-92
MN1-1175 Rev.9
B
M
Volume3
(3 caliper)
Vol.
x-ax
y-ax
z-ax
Volume
x-axis
y-axis
z-axis
cm3
cm
cm
cm
Volume-AL
(Area-Length)
Vol.
Area
Circ.
Dist.
Volume
Area
Circumference
Distance
cm3
Volume-EC
(Ellipse-Caliper)
Vol.
Area
Circ.
x-ax
y-ax
z-ax
Volume
Area
Circumference
x-axis
y-axis
z-axis
cm3
Volume-E
(Ellipse)
Vol.
Area
Circ.
x-ax
y-ax
Volume
Area
Circumference
x-axis
y-axis
cm3
M Length
No selectable items
Distance
cm
Time
No selectable items
Time
s
Heart rate
No selectable items
Heart rate
BPM
M.VEL
v
⊿t
Velocity
Distance
Time
cm/s
cm
s
Time
No selectable items
Time
s
Heart rate
No selectable items
Heart rate
BPM
D.VEL
No selectable items
Velocity
cm/s
ACCEL
V1
V2
⊿t
ACC
Velocity1
Velocity2
Time
Accel
cm/s
cm/s
s
RI
PSV
EDV
Resistance Index
Peak Systolic Velocity
End Diastolic Velocity
cm/s
cm/s
No selectable items
Pressure half time
s
⊿D
D
RI
P1/2T
1-93
cm2
cm
cm
cm2
cm
cm
cm
cm
cm2
cm
cm
cm
cm/s2
MN1-1175 Rev.9
D
⊿ PG
ACC
P1/2T
VA
Mean VEL
Mn V
VTI
Mean Velocity
Velocity Time Integral
cm/s
cm
PI
PI
RI
PSV
EDV
Mn V
Pulsatility Index
Resistance Index
Mean Velocity
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
PI
RI
PSV
EDV
Mn V
PG1
PG2
MPG
VTI
ACC
FlowT
⊿t
AccT
Pulsatility Index
Resistance Index
Mean Velocity
Peak pressure gradient 1
Acceleration
Flow Time
Time
Acceleration Time
-
-
V1
V2
⊿V
⊿t
PG1
PG2
D.Trace1,2
B, M, D
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
s
mmHg
mmHg
mmHg
Velocity1
Velocity2
V1 - V2
Time
PG1 - PG2
Acceleration
Pressure half time
Valve Area
D.Caliper 1
and D.Caliper 2
Type-in
1-94
cm/s2
s
cm2
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
mmHg
mmHg
mmHg
cm
cm/s2
s
s
s
Input from the
keyboard.
MN1-1175 Rev.9
<Setting the procedure for Reserved Word Registration>
The number of reserved words registered in the user's registration is up to 12 for every Application.
The measurement item name and method of each application measurement cannot be changed.
It is convenient if formulas are registered in User's Calculation when reserved words have been set beforehand.
(1)
Select the button of ″Create Reserved Word, " and then select Reserved Word 1.
→ A screen for input of reserved word is displayed.
Variable :
Enter the name of
variables from the keyboard.
Reserved Name :
If Variables and Parameters
have been set, usable reserved
words are displayed.
Mode :
Set the mode.
Method :
Select the measurement
method.
(2)
Input variables to the section of Variable.
→
(3)
A measurement method corresponding to the mode that has been set is selected.
Set the Parameter.
→
(6)
Modes are selected, for which variables are demanded.
Select the Method.
→
(5)
It can be entered from the keyboard up to 7 characters.
Select the Mode.
→
(4)
Parameter :
When there are plural parameters
available for the Method selected,
up to four can be selected.
Select the item to be used in the User's Calculation, which is selected among procedures in the Method.
It is selectable to the four at the maximum.
Complete Reserved Names (reserved words).
→
When Parameter settings are completed, usable reserved words are displayed.
Example
Variable
Mode
Method
Parameter
ALOKA
B
Area-E
Area
1-95
→
Reserved Names
ALOKA.Area
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-6. Study Assignment
<Setting a menu, transfer list and report display configuration for each study unit>
This function can be set for each study.
You can register a new study or delete a study.
Select Study :
• When registering a new measurement study Enter
the name directly from the keyboard, and press the
Enter key to register the name.
• When deleting an existing measurement study elect
the
button, and after setting Study, select the
Delete button on the right.
∗ Note that you cannot change the name of, or delete,
a study that is incorporated in the equipment.
Study ON/OFF :
This function sets the items to be displayed
in the Select Study list in the measurement
menu.
ON: Displayed. OFF: Not displayed.
Copy from Other Study :
This function is used when a new measurement study has been
registered, to copy the set condition of the registered study so
that there is no need to set each function below Study Assignment from the beginning.
Here, specify the copy destination by selecting the
button,
then select the "Copy" button to the right of it.
1-96
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-6-1. Menu Assign
<Creating and editing a measurement menu>
You can assign a measurement menu (the menu that appears on the screen when you press the MEASUREMENT
switch) for each study.
The menu candidate list at the
bottom half of the screen
switches over for each mode.
Selected study
Menu creation and editing
buttons
Insert
:Insertion status
Overwrite :Overwrite status
Delete
:Deletes items from
the menu
The candidate list assigned for each menu
appears.
Top half of screen: Names of items related to
basic measurements
Bottom half of screen: Names of items related
to application measurement
You can assign up
to 25 of the items
that are necessary
for measurement.
1-97
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-7. SW Assignment
<Assigning short cut operation>
This function enables you to set one pattern for one application. (Cannot be set for each study.)
1-10-7-1. + Mark Key Assignment
<Assigns basic measurements to + SW.>
This function enables you to assign up to four menus to be displayed when measurement is started from the + switch.
Fig. +SW Assignment screen:
<Operation method>
(1)
Move the arrow to each button, and press the SET switch.
(2)
Move the arrow from the selection dialog to the applicable item name, and press the SET switch.
(3)
Next, move the arrow to the position of the “Insert” button, and press the SET switch.
1-98
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-7-2. Hot Key Assignment
<Assigns a measurement function to a specific alphabet key.>
This function assigns functions such as basic, application measurement, REPORT and Preset to an alphabet key on
the keyboard, in order to simplify the measurement operations.
You can see what function is
assigned to each key.
Fig. Hot key Assignment screen :
<Operation method>
(1)
(2)
(3)
Move the arrow to a key button, and press the SET switch.
Move the arrow to the applicable function name from the right selection dialog box, and press the SET
switch.
Next, move the arrow to the position of the "Insert" button, and press the SET switch.
Select Application
Appl.Meas : Application measurements
Bas.Meas. : Basic measurements
Control
: Report, Preset, Clear and other functions
Selection item list
Select Target View Mode
B mode : Items related to the B mode
M mode : Items related to the M mode
D mode : Items related to the D mode
[Remark]
The item list displayed in a dialog is switched by Select Application and Select Target View Mode.
1-99
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-10-7-3. Measure SW Assignment
<Assigns a measurement function to USER SW.>
This function assigns functions such as basic, application measurement, report and preset to MEASURE switch
(USER 1 & 2, REPORT and CLEAR switches) on the operation panel in order to simplify the measurement operation.
Fig. Custom SW Assignment screen
[Remark]
The registration procedure and each button in the selection dialog box are the same as Hot Key Assignment on the
previous page.
1-100
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-11.Calculation Formula & Reference
1-11. Calculation Formula & Reference
1-11-1. Calculation
1-11-1-1. Calculation for B-mode
Measurement function name Calculation
Dist
:distance between calipers
= √{(X2 − X1)2 + (Y2 − Y1)2}
Area-E
:Axes(major,minor), Area, Circumference
Area
(cm2)
= π /4 × (major) × (minor)
Circumference(cm)
= π √((major2 + minor2)/2)
Axes (cm)
= √{(X2 − X1)2 + (Y2 − Y1)2}
Area-C
:Diameter, Area, Circumference
Area(cm2)
Circumference(cm)
= π /4 × (Diameter)2
= π × Diameter
Diameter(cm)
= √{(X2 − X1)2 + (Y2 − Y1)2}
Volume
Area-Length
BP Simpson
= 0.85 × (Area)2 × Dist
= π × H /4 Σ ai(cm) × bi(cm)
SP Simpson
3 Caliper
= π × H /4 Σ ai2
dist:max Length(cm), H(cm)=Dist/20
= π /6 × (x-ax) × (y-ax) × (z-ax)
Ellipse
= π /6 × (x-ax) × (y-ax)2
x-ax > y-ax
= Σ fi
= 1/T Σ (Xi × fi)
Total number of pixels
Mean level
= 1/T Σ (Xi −MN )2 × fi
Dispersion
Histogram
T
MN
S2
SD
= √ S2
Standard deviation
fi : Number of pixels for brightness level i, Xi : brightness level i, Σ : i =1 — 63
B.Index
A/B
| A − B |/A
=A÷B
=|A−B|÷A
1-101
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-11-1-2. Calculation for M-mode
M.Length
:difference in distance(depth)
= (Y2 - Y1)
Time
∆t
M.VEL
:Velocity Slope
= Dist ÷ ∆ t
HR
HR(BPM) = (60 × @) ÷ ∆ t (sec)
:difference in time
@:cardiac cycle #
M.Index
A/B
=A÷B
| A − B |/A
=|A−B|÷A
1-11-1-3. Calculation for D-mode
PG
PG (mmHg)
= 4 ((Peak V(m/s))2
P1/2T (ms)
= (Vmax) (1 − 0.707) ÷ (Dec slope)
P1/2T
2
VA (cm )
P1/2T (ms)
= 220 ÷ (P1/2T)
= | tb - ta |
D.Trace method
the time between a and b
Peak Velocity Point: a, 1/√ 2 Velocity Point: b
HR
HR (BPM)
ACCEL
ACC
= (60 × @) ÷ time(sec)
@:cardiac cycle #
= | (peak V2 - Peak V1) ÷ (∆ T or AccT) |
PI,RI
PI
RI
SD Ratio
= | (PSV - EDV) ÷ MnV |
= | (PSV - EDV) ÷ PSV |
= | PSV ÷ EDV |
1-102
| PSV | >= | EDV |
| PSV | >= | EDV |
MN1-1175 Rev.9
D.Index
A/B
| A -B |/A
=A÷B
=|A-B|÷A
MnV (m/s)
= ∫ V(t) dt/FT
MPG (mmHg)
= (4/FT) V(t)2 dt
VTI (cm)
PSV
EDV
= ∫ V(t) dt
:Peak Systolic Velocity (m/s)
:End Diastolic Velocity (m/s)
∆V
:difference in velocity(m/s)
= | V2 - V1 |
| PSV | >= | EDV |
FT (ms)
:Flow time
= T = tb - ta
Trace Begin Point:a , End Point:b
∆ T (ms)
:diffrenece in time
= | TV1 - TV2 |
time between TV1 and TV2
AccT (ms)
:Acceleration time
the time between Trace begin and Max Velocity
ACC (m/s2)
:Acceleration
= | max velocity ÷ AccT |
AccT/FT
:Acceleration time Index
= AccT ÷ FT
1-11-1-4. Calculation for B/D-mode
Flow Volume(MnV)
FV(ml)
= MnV(cm/s) × CSA(cm2) × 60sec
= MnV(cm/s) × π /4 × (Diameter)2 (cm2) × 60sec
Flow Volume(VTI)
FV(ml/beat)
= VTI(cm) × CSA(cm2)
= VTI(cm) × π /4 × (Diameter)2
FV(ml/min)
= FV(ml/beat) × HR(BPM)
SV(ml)
= VTI (cm) × CSA (cm2)
CO(l/min)
= VTI (cm) × π /4 × (Diameter)2 (cm2)
= SV (ml) × HR (BPM)
SV/CO
1-103
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1-12.Abbreviation
1-12. Abbreviation
Abbreviation
%dif
ACC
Area
Circ
CO
COEF
CSA
CSD
D/S
DEC
Diam
Dist
EDV
Flow T
FV
HR
L
M
Mn
MnV
MPG
P1/2T
PG
PI
PSV
pV
Regurg flow
RI
S/D
SD
Steno flow
SV
T
VA
Vol.
VTI
x-ax
y-ax
z-ax
∆D
∆t
Meaning
long axis (at end diastole or end systole) length percentage difference
Acceleration
Area
Circumference
Cardiac output
Coefficient with Flow volume
Cross sectional area
Cross sectional diameter
D/S ratio
Deceleration
Diameter
Distance
End diastolic velocity
Flow Time
Flow volume
Heart Rate
Level
MODE
Mean
Mean velocity
Pressure half time
Peak pressure gradient
Pulsatility Index
Peak systolic velocity
Peak Velocity
Regurgitant flow measurement
Resistance Index
S/D ratio
Standard deviation
Stenosis flow measurement
Stroke volume
Total sampled pixels number in the ROI
Valve area
Volume
x axis diameter
y axis diameter
z axis diameter
difference in distance
difference in time
1-104
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-1.Preface
2. OBSTETRICAL MEASUREMENT
2-1.
Preface
The description concerning the obstetrics measurement functions is divided into the following six sub-clauses.
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
Preface
Outline of Obstetrics Measurement Functions
Report Function
Preset Function
Calculation Formula & Reference & Table
This section describes the procedure for carrying out obstetric measurements, based on the assumption that the
equipment is in an as-shipped condition.
Descriptions of the basic operations of the measurement functions and each measurement method (mark type = Caliper, Trace, etc.) are given in the Section 1. “MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS”.
2-2.
Outline of Obstetrics Measurement Functions
2-2-1. Outline of Function
Obstetrics measurements use studies consisting of various combinations of measurement menu, report display, and
so on, depending upon the part being examined and the purpose of the examination.
[Remark]
When the equipment leaves the factory, it contains “Basic (for general obstetric measurement)”, “Early (for the early
stages of pregnancy)”, and “Twin Basic” and “Twin Early” (for twins) measurements.
In addition, you can freely select Extended (for high risk pregnancy), BPP/Amnio (for BPP/amniotic fluid puncture
scoring), Anatomy (for an anatomical checklist of the fetus), and functions for triplets, and so on, using a preset.
2-1
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-2.Outline of Obstetrics Measurement Functions
Each study consists of a combination of the following obstetric measurements.
: Items that are displayed on the factory default.
Mode
B
Measurement
Measurement
function
menu
GA measurement Each GA table
(gestational week) name(∗1)
Maximum displayed items
∗1:Refer to Section 2-2-2-1.
“List of GA measurement
name”
Display example
GA & Author
BPD:Tokyo U
. cm
w d±
d
/
/
.
mm/w
Measurement values
Gestational Age
& Normal Range
Estimated Date of
Confinement
Growth Rate
FW measurement
(Fetus Weight)
FW(*****)
(*****): Author
name
Display example
FW & Author name
FW:Osaka U
Fetus Weight
GA Data (*2)
& Normal Range (*3)
EDC (*4)
Measurement values
each GA (*5)
Fetus Ratio
measurement
@@@@/
@@@@@@@@
:GA measurement
name (*****):
Author name
Remark
Ratio name
g
w d + .
' /
/
BPD:
. cm
w d
FTA:
. cm2
w d
FL:
. cm
w d
Display example
FL / AC
Ratio
Normal Range
Measurement values
(Numerator)
Measurement values
(Denominator)
FL:
AC:
.
. cm
. cm
← The Normal Range
display type differs for each
table. (±day, ± SD, Upper
limit - Lower limit values)
← Measured at multiple
cross-sections.
∗2: Gestational week from
FW Table
∗3: Error from FW Table
∗4: Expected confinement
date from FW Table
∗5: Gestational week from
each calculated value
← Measured at two crosssections.
← The author's name is
displayed in the report.
[Remark]
The displayed items used in GA measurement, FW measurement and Ratio measurement differ according to the selected part name and the author.
2-2
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Mode
B
M,D
Measurement
function
Amniotic Fluid
Index
Measurement
menu
AFI (*******)
(*****): Author
name
Maximum displayed items
Remark
AFI & Author name
AFI
Normal Range
Q1,Q2,Q3,Q4
← Measured at four crosssections.
AF Pocket
AF pocket
AFV
AFV
CTAR, A, B
Cardio thoracic
Area Ratio
CTAR
CTR
CTR,A,B
← Measured at one crosssection.
← Measured at one crosssection.
← Area ratio
← Circumferential length
(diameter) ratio
Cervix
Cervix
Cervix
Fetus Heart Rate FHR
FHR
PreHR
PstHR
PreHR
PstHR
B,M
Fetus cardiac
function
LV Function
LVIDd, LVIDs, EDV, ESV, EF, FS,
SV, RVDd
D
Fetal Doppler
UmA
MCA
Lt.UtA
Rt.UtA
D-Ao
Renal-A
OB Dop 1-3
PI, RI, S/D, PSV, EDV, MnV
PLI
PLI, A,SF
LVOT Flow
RVOT Flow
pV, MnV, VTI, LVOT, CSA, SV
pV, MnV, VTI, RVOT, CSA, SV
← For trans-vaginal
inspection
← Fetal heart rate for
general examination
← Fetal heart rate before
and after amniotic fluid
examination
← Evaluation of ejection
fraction and contraction
coefficient of fetus heart
← Diagnosis of fetal
circulation dynamics
OB Dop1-3:
An arbitrary name can be
defined and used according
to the purpose and
application.
← Evaluation of the right
ventricular failure of the
fetus
← Qp/Qs displayed in
report.
Displayed on report page only
Amniotic Fluid
Puncture
BPP Scoring
Anatomy CL
Amniocentesis
CVS
Biophysical
Profile
Anatomy Check
List
← Included in the report.
Input of comment during amniotic fluid
puncture (villus puncture)
Biophysical Profile scoring
Checklist for fetal evaluation
2-3
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-2-2. List of obstetrical measurement name built into system
2-2-2-1.
List of GA measurement name
Spelling
EES
Early Embryonic Size
GS ,mGS
Gestational Sac ,Mean Gestational Sac
CRL
Crown Rump Length
BPD
Biparietal Diameter
BPDo
Biparietal Diameter (outer - outer)
OFD
Outer Orbital Diameter
OFDo
Occipital Frontal Diameter (outer - outer)
HC
Head Circumference
TC
Thoracic Circumference
TL
Thoracic Length
APTD(APD)
Antero Posterior Trunk Diameter
TTD(TAD)
Transverse Trunk Diameter (Transverse Abdominal Diameter)
AC
Abdominal Circumference
FTA
Fetal Trunk cross-sectional Area
AXT
APTD × TTD
AD
Abdominal Diameter
HL
Humerus Length
FL
Femur Length
LV
Length of Vertebrae
TIB
Tibia length
ULNA
Ulna length
RAD
Radius length
FIB
Fibula
BD
Binocular Distance
CD
Cerebral Diameter
LVW
Lateral Ventricular Width
HW
Hemispheric Width
IOD
Inner Orbital Diameter
OOD
NT
Nuchal Translucency
NBL
Nasal Bone Length
User1-10
User setting
[Remark]
Refer to Section 2-6-4-1. “GA tables (GA Calculation tables)” for the gestational week table of each author.
2-4
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-2-2-2.
Measured section for each parameter
GS (Gestational Sac)
CRL (Crown Rump Length)
BPD (Biparietal Diameter)
Urinary
bladder
Uterus
OFD (Occipital Frontal Diameter)
BPD
BPDo ,OFDo (outer-to-outer)
HC (Head Circumference)
BPDo
OFD
OFDo
APTD(APD), TTD(TAD)
FTA
AC
(Anteroposterior Trunk Diameter)
(Transverse Trunk Diameter)
(Fetal Trunk CrossSectional Area)
(Abdominal Circumference)
TTD
(TAD)
Descending aorta
umbilical vein
stomach
Back bone
Descending aorta
umbilical vein
Descending aorta
umbilical vein
Back bone
Back bone
APTD (APD)
FL (Femur Length)
HL (Humerus Length)
2-5
LV (Length of Vertebrae)
MN1-1175 Rev.9
TIB (Tibia)
FIB (Fibula)
ULNA (Ulna)
TIB
Ulna
FIB
RAD (Radius)
BD (Binocular Distance),
CD (Cerebellar Diameter)
LVW (Lateral Ventricular body width),
HW (Hemispheric Width)
RAD
LVW
HW
2-6
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-2-2-3.
List of FW measurement name
Name
Measurement
parameter
Fetal weight growth table
name
FW Tokyo U
BPD,APTD,TTD,FL
Brenner
FW Osaka U
BPD,FTA,FL
Osaka U
FW Hadlock1
AC,FL
Hadlock
FW Hadlock2
AC,HC,FL
Shinozuka
FW Hadlock3
BPD,AC,FL
Doublet
FW Hadlock4
HC,AC
Yarkoni(twins)
FW Hadlock5
BPD,HC,AC,FL
JSUM’03
FW Shinozuka
BPD,AC,FL
FW Shepard
BPD AC
FW Hansmann
BPD,TTD
FW Warsof
BPD,AC
FW Campbell
AC
FW JSUM’03
BPD,AC,FL
[Remark]
Refer to Section 2-6-1-1. “Calculation for B-mode”, Section 2-6-4-2. “FW Equations (Fetus Weight)”, Section 2-64-3. “FW Growth tables (Normal Range)” for the formula and table of each author.
2-2-2-4.
List of Ratio measurement name
Name
Author
BPDo/OFDoHadlo
Hadlock (= Cephalic Index)
FL/BPD Hohler
Hohler
FL/AC Hadlock
Hadlock
HC/AC Campbell
Campbell
LVW/HW P&J
P&J
FL/AC Hadlock
Hadlock
[Remark]
Refer to Section 2-6-1-1. “Calculation for B-mode”, Section 2-6-4-5. “Fetal Ratio tables by Gestational Age” for the
formula and table of each author.
2-7
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-2-2-5.
List of AFI measurement name
Name
Author
AFI Moore
Moore
AFI Phelan
Phelan
AFI Jeng
Jeng
[Remark]
Refer to Section 2-6-1-1. “Calculation for B-mode”, Section 2-6-4-6. “AFI tables by Gestational Age” for the formula and table of each author.
2-2-2-6.
List of Doppler Range table
Name
Author
RI-MCA
Shinozuka
RI graph is displayed when MCA is measured.
RI-UmA
Shinozuka
RI graph is displayed when UmA is measured.
RI-MCA
JSUM’03
RI graph is displayed when MCA is measured.
RI-UmA
JSUM’03
RI graph is displayed when UmA is measured.
PI-MCA
Shinozuka
PI graph is displayed when MCA is measured.
PI-UmA
Shinozuka
PI graph is displayed when UmA is measured.
PI-MCA
JSUM’03
PI graph is displayed when MCA is measured.
PI-UmA
JSUM’03
PI graph is displayed when UmA is measured.
[Remark]
Refer to Section 2-6-1-1. “Calculation for B-mode”, Section 2-6-4-7. “RI ,PI tables by Gestational Age” for the formula and table of each author.
2-2-3. Items of Special Note
Obstetrical measurements enable you to input past data on a fetus graph to enable you to visually monitor changes
in development with time.
In this case, the gestational week at the date of the examination is necessary, so enter one of LMP (last menstrual
period), BBT (basal body temperature), EDC (expected confinement date), EGA (past gestational week) and GA
(current gestational week) on the ID screen.
the observation monitor.
They are controlled as positive and negative values for the purpose of calculating the arithmetic index.If the display
of each measured value in a report is set to "Average" in a preset, the positive and negative values are added together
and displayed as a mean value. Consequently, when performing multiple measurements of blood flow on the blood
flow waveform drawn using the color Doppler method as a guide, use identical recording conditions (forward and
reverse flow directions) for all of the blood flow waveforms in order to correctly display each of the arithmetic values
arranged in the report.
2-8
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3.
Obstetrical measurements use the following studies.
Basic (for general obstetric measurement)
Early (for the early stages of pregnancy)
Extended (for high risk pregnancy)
BPP/Amnio (for BPP/amniotic fluid puncture scoring)
Anatomy (for an anatomical checklist of the fetus)
There are also studies for twins and triplets. The study names are Twin*** and Tri***, respectively.
(***:Early, Basic, Extended etc.)
Each measurement name displayed on the measurement menu is determined by the selected study.
<Method of changing a study>
When a study name in the topmost area of the MEASUREMENT is selected, a list of study names appears, so make
a selection.
MEASURE
MENT
SET
SET
[Remark]
The factory settings are “Basic (for general obstetric measurement), Early (for the early stages of pregnancy), Twin
Basic (for twins) and Twin Early (for twins).
2-9
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-1. B mode
2-3-1-1.
GA (gestational week) measurement
GA measurement uses the estimated gestational week table to calculate gestational week and expected confinement
date from the measurement values of the fetus.
The names of the parts of the fetus are displayed in the measurement menu.
There are three types of Normal Range in the estimated gestational week table, ±day, ± SD and %tile. The type of
result display for each is different. (Refer to Section 2-6-4-1. “GA tables (GA Calculation tables)” for the names of
the parts of the fetus displayed in the measurement menu and the estimated gestational week table.)
Note
Before starting an examination, always check that the date displayed on the monitor screen is correct.
If the data is incorrect, invalid results may be displayed.
[Remark]
If you selected an SD type or percentile type estimated gestational week table, you cannot display Normal Range
unless you enter the gestational week (LMP-GA) obtained from LMP, EGA, BBT, GA, and so on.
Be sure to enter this data on the ID screen.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using BPD (Tokyo U.) as an example.
(1)
Display the BPD (biparietal diameter of the fetus head) image.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select BPD.
→
(3)
Measure the BPD.
→
(4)
The gestational week and expected confinement date are calculated.
→
(5)
The + mark appears.
When you wish to display a graph, press the MEASUREMENT switch and select Graph.
[Remark]
When the measurement values are registered in the gestational age report, the US-GA is displayed on the screen.
US-GA is the mean value of the gestational week obtained from the GA measurement values registered in the report.
It is used to calculate the expected confinement date. The preset function sets whether or not this is displayed.
When there are a number of obstetrical studies, US-GA is the mean value that takes into account the gestational week
of all studies rather than the currently selected study alone.
2-10
MN1-1175 Rev.9
<BPD results display example>
US-GA:
w d
’
/
/
BPD : Tokyo U
cm
w d ± d
’
/
/
US-GA : Mean gestational week
US-EDC : Expected confinement date obtained from US-GA
Name of the part of the fetus to be measured and author of table
Measurement values
Estimated gestational week and error (Normal Range)
Expected confinement date
[Remark]
In GA measurement, you can register a transfer list in the report without displaying it by pressing the hot key to
which GA measurement is assigned after the end of the basic measurements.
<The example which posts a Dist measurement value to Hot key “V” (BPD value)>
Example in which
BPD is assigned.
[Remark]
When transferring the basic measurement values obtained using the Ellipse method or the Circle method to the circumferential length and area measurement of AC, HC, and so on, it is recommended that you check whether or not
the calculation formulas used in the basic measurements (See 1-11-1-1. and 1-11-1-2. and 1-11-1-3. and 1-11-1-4.)
and the calculation formulas for GA measurement used in the literature (Refer to Section 2-6. “Calculation Formula
& Reference & Table”) are appropriate.
[Remark]
HC, AC, FTA and AXT directly measure the circumference and area using the Trace method, Ellipse method, and
so on. In the case of HC, the circumference and area can be calculated and displayed automatically by BPD and OFD
(or BPDo and OFDo), and in the case of AC, FTA and AXT by TTD and APTD (or APD and TAD).
Note, however, that when measurement is performed using the Trace method or the Ellipse method, the measurement values are registered preferentially.
Automatically calculated HC, AC, FTA, and AXT are displayed in the menu as HC(*) and in the report as *HC.
The same applies to AD obtained from APTD and TTD.
[Remark]
mGS measurement is displayed as the mean value of the GS diameter obtained in 3-axis measurement.
If 3-axis measurement is not performed, the results will not be displayed.
2-11
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-1-2.
Graph function
This function plots the measured values in a graph that indicates the standard range.
It is used as a guide to see whether or not the measured value is within the standard range.
This function can be displayed during GA measurement that uses an estimated gestational week table, FW measurement in which Range Table is set, Fetus Ratio measurement, AFI measurement and Doppler measurement.
[Remark]
The graph is plotted for the gestational age (LMP-GA) found from the LMP, EGA, BBT, etc., so always input these
when inputting the ID.
[Remark]
The measurement values displayed on the graph are the latest values.
<The example of BPD measurement>
gestational week
(LMP-GA)line
Menu of Graph
Measurement result
[Remark]
The fetus growth graph shows deviation data ((day, (SD, etc.) related to number of weeks in each estimated gestational week table. It does not indicate deviation (cm or mm) of the measurement value, so use it as a rough guide to
fetus growth.
2-12
MN1-1175 Rev.9
<Operation method>
(1)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Graph.
→
A graph for the current obstetric measurement appears.
(2)
If you wish to display a different graph, select the graph menu on the left side.
(3)
Move the arrow to Exit, and press the SET switch.
→
Return from the graph screen to the measurement screen.
[Remark]
If the same measurement was performed in the past (data registered subsequent to the latest LMP), the past measurement values are also plotted.
[Remark]
The function that saves the measurement values in the case where the same patient was examined in the past, and
displays the past measurement values on a graph is called the Growth Analysis function. It enables you to observe
the progress of development with time.
Today’s plot
Past plot
2-13
MN1-1175 Rev.9
[Remark]
Putting the arrow on the plot of today or the past, it is displayed the measurement result corresponding to the plot.
[Remark]
Selecting Growth chart, it is displayed a graph with SD on the vertical axis.
[Remark]
Growth chart is displayed if the obstetrics table of SD type has been assigned to the menu.
2-14
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-1-3.
FW (Fetal weight) measurement
FW measurement is a type of measurement in which the estimated fetal weight is calculated from the measured value
for several fetuses.
The Author’s name is displayed in the measurement menu.
Also, the measurement part and the result display type differ according to the estimation equation that is referred to.
[Remark]
Refer to Section 2-6-4-2. “FW Equations (Fetus Weight)” for the FW name displayed in the measurement menu and
the measurement part.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using FW Tokyo U as an example.
(1)
Display the BPD (biparietal diameter of the fetus head) image.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select FW Tokyo U.
→
(3)
Display a cross-sectional image of the abdominal region, and press the + switch.
→
(4)
Measure the FL.
→
(7)
Measure the TTD.
Display an image of the femur, and press the + switch.
→
(6)
Measure the APTD.
Press the + switch.
→
(5)
The + mark appears and also
appears at the bottom of the screen, so measure the BPD.
In displaying graph, MEASUREMENT switch is pushed and it select Graph.
2-15
MN1-1175 Rev.9
<FW results display example>
FW:Tokyo U
w
’ /
d±
/
BPD :
w
APTD:
TTD :
FL :
w
g
d
cm
d
cm
cm
cm
d
Author of table
Calculated value of fetal weight
Gestation week estimated from the FW Growth table, and error(*1)
Confinement date estimated from the FW Growth table(*1)
Biparietal diameter of the fetus head
Gestational week estimated from BPD(*2)
Transverse Abdominal Diameter
Length of femur
Gestational week calculated from FL(*2)
[Remark]
(*1)Displayed only when a preset is used to set the FW formula and FW Growth Table as a combination and also to
display the error, gestational week and expected confinement date.
These values are estimated from the FW Growth Table, so they are not the values obtained from the FW formula.
The factory settings are OFF.
(*2)Displayed if the gestational week table is assigned by OB-Program of the preset function.
If there are a number of gestational week tables for the same part to be measured, the tables created by the same
author will take precedence.
[Remark]
Even if FW measurement is not performed, once GA measurement has been performed a number of times and the
measurement items necessary for FW measurement are obtained, the fetal weight can be automatically calculated.
When performing automatic calculation, set the FW measurement to be displayed to AUTO using the OB-Program
of the preset function.
[Remark]
The fetal weight can be displayed in either grams or pounds.
1 pound = 453.592 grams
[Remark]
Setting FW Growth Table of a preset for Doubilet and setting Normal Range of Measurement Method and Items
(1/3) to ON, you can display the %ile (percentile) of fetus besides the fetal body weight itself.
2-16
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-1-4.
Fetus Ratio measurement
Fetus Ratio measurement is a type of measurement in which the ratio is calculated from the measurement values for
two fetuses.
The measurement part and the author’s name are displayed in the measurement menu.
Also, the measurement part and the result display type differ according to the estimation equation that is referred to.
[Remark]
For details of the Ratio name and measurement part that are displayed in the measurement menu, refer to Section 22-2-4. “List of Ratio measurement name”.
[Remark]
When the equipment is shipped from the factory, Fetus Ratio measurement is not assigned to the menu.
It must be set using the Preset function.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using FL/AC Hadlock as an example.
(1)
Display the FL (femur Length) image.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select FL/AC Hadlock.
→
(3)
so measure the FL.
appears at the bottom of the screen,
Display the AC (Abdominal Circumference) image, and then press the + switch.
→
Measure the AC using the Ellipse method.
[Remark]
For the method of using the Ellipse method, refer to Section 1-7-4-2. “Method of performing measurement using
Ellipse”.
(4)
→
(5)
2-17
MN1-1175 Rev.9
<FL/AC results display example>
FL/AC
.
FL :
AC :
cm
cm
Ratio name
Ratio
Normal range
Femur length
[Remark]
Even if Fetus Ratio measurement is not performed, once GA measurement has been performed twice and the items
necessary for performing ratio measurement are obtained, the ratio can be automatically calculated.
If you perform automatic calculation, set the Ratio measurement to be displayed to AUTO using OB-Program of the
preset function.
2-18
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-1-5.
Amniotic Fluid Index measurement
This measurement determines the free space in the amniotic fluid pocket(depth) in the uterus, and calculates the amniotic fluid index (AFI: Amniotic Fluid Index).
In the AFI measurement, with dividing gravid uterus into four parts (Q1- Q4) on abdominal wall body surface, the
greatest amniotic fluid depth of each divided part is obtained. These four elements are totaled for calculation.
Move the probe parallel to the plane of the mother's body indicated by the arrow, and apply it perpendicularly to the
mother’s back.
[Remark]
You can display the normal range of AFI.
For tables that have the normal range, refer to Section 2-2-2-5. “List of AFI measurement name”.
[Remark]
You can measure the amniotic fluid cavity of each of the four divided parts without fixing the measurement sequence.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using AFI Moore as an example.
(1)
Record the cross-section of the first of the four divided parts of the area to be examined.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select AFI.
→
(3)
The + mark appears and
also
of the screen, so measure the Q1.
appears at the bottom
Display the second cross-section, and press the + switch.
→
Measure the Q2.
(4)
Measure Q3 and Q4 using the same procedure.
(5)
→
2-19
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(6)
<AFI Moore results display example>
AFI:Moore
.
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
:
:
:
:
-
cm
.
cm
cm
cm
cm
← The author name of AFI table
← The sum total of Q1+Q2+Q3+Q4
← Normal range
← Measurement value for Q1
2-20
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-1-6.
AF Pocket, AFV measurement
AF Pocket (Amniotic Fluid Pocket) and AFV (Amniotic Fluid Volume) are used to measure the maximum depth of
the free space in the amniotic fluid pocket in the uterus.
[Remark]
The AF Pocket and AFV measurement areas are identical. In the literature they are treated as two areas because they
have different names, so register them in the measurement menu using a preset.
[Remark]
You can use a preset to select either the Caliper method or the Trace method as the measurement tool.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using AF Pocket as an example.
(1)
Display the cross-section showing the amniotic fluid pocket surrounded by the placenta and the fetal part.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select AF Pocket.
→
A + mark appears, so measure the amniotic fluid pocket using the Circle method.
[Remark]
For the method of using the Circle method, refer to Section 1-7-4-2. “Method of performing measurement using Ellipse”.
(3)
→
<AF Pocket results display example>
AF Pocket
← AF Pocket
cm ← Measurement value
2-21
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-1-7.
CTAR, CTR measurement
CTAR (Cardio Thoracic Area Ratio) and CTR (Cardio Thoracic Ratio) measurements are used to measure the size
of the part of the heart that is in the thorax in order to estimate whether or not there is any enlargement of the heart
of the fetus.
CTAR is the ratio of the fetal thoracic cross-sectional area and fetal heart area.
CTR is the ratio of the fetal thoracic circumference and fetal heart circumference
Spine
B
Spine
B : Fetal thoracic area
CTAR=A / B
A
CTR=A / B
A : Fetal heart
[Remark]
When the equipment is shipped from the factory, this function is not assigned to the measurement menu. It must be
set using the Preset function.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using CTAR as an example.
(1)
Using the part that enables the four cavities of the heart to be displayed, record the image that shows the crosssectional area of the thorax and the cross-sectional area of the heart.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select CTAR.
→
The + mark is displayed and also
is displayed at the bottom of the
screen, so measure the cross-sectional area (A) of the heart using the Ellipse method.
[Remark]
For the method of using the Ellipse method, refer to Section 1-7-4-2. “Method of performing measurement using
Ellipse”.
(3)
Press the + switch.
→
(4)
Measure the cross-sectional area (B) of the thorax using the same method as that of 2.
→
<CTAR results display example>
CTAR:
A:
B:
%
cm2
cm2
← Cardio Thoracic Area Ratio
← Fetal heart area
← Fetal thoracic area
[Remark]
CTAR displays a ratio by %.
2-22
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-1-8.
Cervix measurement
The length of the cervix is measured during the middle period of the pregnancy as a method for forecasting early
delivery.
[Remark]
You can use a preset to select either the Caliper method or the Trace method as the measurement tool.
The Trace method for the cervix displays the distance moved by the trace line in real time.
[Remark]
When the equipment is shipped from the factory, Cervix measurement is not assigned to the menu.
<Operation method>
(1)
Display the image of the cervix in B mode.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select Cervix.
→
The + mark appears, so measure the length of the cervix.
Cervix
(3)
→
<Cervix results display example>
Cervix:
2-23
cm ← Cervix
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-2. M mode
2-3-2-1.
Fetal Heart Rate measurement
You can measure the heart rate of the fetus from an M mode image of the heart of the fetus.
There are three methods of measuring the heart rate of the fetus, FHR, PreHR and PstHR.
The method of performing each measurement is identical.
[Remark]
PreHR and PstHR are used to monitor the fetus before and after an amniotic fluid puncture.
In the report they are registered in page for performing an amniotic fluid puncture.
[Remark]
You can measure the heart rate in the D mode as well.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using FHR as an example.
(1)
Display the fetal heart rate.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select FHR.
→
The + mark appears, so measure HR.
2 beats
(3)
→
<FHR results display example>
FHR:
BPM ← Heart rate
[Remark]
When the equipment is shipped from the factory, the heart rate is measured as the time between two heartbeats.
You can set 1 to 9 heartbeats using the preset function.
As the setting of a HR measurement of the basic measurement is succeeded to, change Section 1-10-4-1. “Measured
Method & Display items” (3/9) of the preset to a new setting.
2-24
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-2-2.
LV Function measurement
This measurement uses distance measurement in the M mode to evaluate the ejection function of the left ventricle
of the fetus.
Measure the left ventricle end-diastolic diameter (LVIDd) and the left ventricle end-systolic diameter (LVIDs), obtain the capacity of the left ventricle (EDV, ESV) using the Pombo method, then calculate the contraction coefficient
(FS), the ejection fraction (EF) and the stroke volume (SV).
Measurement items :
LVIDd Left ventricular internal　Calculation items :
RVDd
EDV = (LVIDd)3
diameter (diastole)
LVIDs Left ventricular internal
LVIDs
LVIDd
diameter (systole)
RVDd
Right ventrical diameter
ESV = (LVIDs)3
EF
= (EDV - ESV) / EDV ×100%
SV
= EDV - ESV
FS = {(LVIDd - LVIDs) / LVIDd} ×100%
(diastole)
[Remark]
When the equipment is shipped from the factory, LV Function measurement is not assigned to the menu. It must be
set using the Preset function.
[Remark]
This measurement can also be performed in the B mode.
<Operation method>
(1)
Display the M mode image from the cross-section of the heart of the fetus.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select LV Function.
→
(3)
Press the + switch.
→
(4)
Measure the end-systolic left ventricle LVIDs.
Press the + switch.
→
(5)
A + mark appears and also
tom of the screen, so measure the end-diastolic left ventricle cavity LVIDd.
Measure the end-diastolic right ventricle RVDd.
→
<LV Function results display example>
LV Function
LVIDd:
.
LVIDs:
.
RVDd :
.
EDV:
ESV:
EF:
.
FS:
.
SV:
cm
cm
cm
ml
ml
%
%
ml
← Left ventricular internal diameter (diastole)
← Left ventricular internal diameter (systole)
← Right ventrical diameter (diastole)
← Left ventricular end diastolic volume
← Left ventricular end systolic volume
← Ejection fraction
← Fractional shortening
← Stroke volume
2-25
appears at the bot-
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-3. D mode
2-3-3-1.
Fetus Doppler PI and RI measurement.
Obstetrical Dop mode measurements consist of measurement of umbilical cord arterial blood flow, middle cerebral
artery and the left and right uterine artery blood flow (Rt./Lt. UtA), aorta descendens blood flow, and the renal artery.
Each waveform is traced, and blood flow measurement data (PI, RI and S/D for each arterial blood flow) is calculated.
Six measurement menus are provided: UmA for the umbilical cord, MCA for the middle cerebral artery, Rt, UtA,
Lt. UtA for the uterine artery, D-Ao for the aorta descendens and Renal-A for the renal artery.
[Remark]
PI and RI calculations use the systolic maximum blood flow velocity (PSV) and the end-diastolic blood flow velocity (EDV).
There are reports to the effect that the diastolic minimum blood flow velocity is sometimes used for these indexes.
The end-diastolic blood flow velocity is not necessarily the same as the diastolic minimum blood flow velocity.
Consequently, when measuring PI and RI, manually shift the time phase of the EDV to the end-diastolic point and
also to the minimum blood flow velocity point.
PI and RI are calculated from the blood flow velocity at these points.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using UmA as an example.
(1)
Display the blood flow Doppler waveform for the umbilical cord artery.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch or the + switch, and select UmA.
→
(A + mark is displayed in the case of the Manual Trace method.)
S
D
(3)
Using the Dop Trace method, trace the blood flow Doppler waveform.
→
PI, RI, S/D, etc. are calculated, and line cursors accompanied by the letters “S” and “D” appear.
[Remark]
Adjust the line cursors accompanied by the letters “S” and “D” using the MARK REF switch and the trackball.
“S”: Peak Systolic Velocity point
“D”: End Diastolic Velocity point
[Remark]
The method of using Dop Trace method differs depending upon whether Auto Trace or Manual Trace is used.
For the operation method, refer to Section 1-7-4-5. “The measurement procedure of the Dop-Trace method”.
2-26
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(4)
→
(5)
<UmA results display example>
UmA
PI :
RI :
S/D:
PSV:
EDV:
MnV:
.
.
.
.
.
.
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
← Umbilical Artery
← Pulsatility Index
← Resistance Index
← Ratio
← Peak systolic velocity
← End diastolic velocity
← Mean velocity
2-27
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-3-2.
OB Dop 1(-4) measurement
You can register (or create names for) flow measurements for up three arteries other than those of 2-3-3-1. using the
Preset function.
The operation procedure for each blood flow measurement created here is the same as that for Umbilical Artery measurement.
<OB Dop results display example>
OB Dop1
PI :
RI :
S/D:
PSV:
.
EDV:
.
MnV:
.
.
.
.
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
← OB Doppler 1
← Ratio
← Peak systolic velocity
← End diastolic velocity
← Mean velocity
2-28
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-3-3.
Preload Index measurement
PLI (Preload index) is measurement that compares two flow velocity values (A wave and SF wave) for the inferior
vena cava of a fetus.
It is used to evaluate right ventricular failure in a fetus.
PLI = | A / SF |
<Operation method>
(1)
Display the blood flow Doppler waveform for the inferior vena cava of a fetus.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select PLI.
→
A + line mark appears and also
appears at the bottom of the
screen, so move the + line to the position of the A wave.
(3)
Press the + switch.
→
(4)
Move the + line mark to the position of the SF waveform.
→
<PLI results display example>
PLI :
A :
SF:
.
cm/s
cm/s
2-29
← Preload Index
← A wave flow velocity
← SF wave flow velocity
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-3-4.
LVOT Flow, RVOT Flow measurement
Obtain the velocity time integral (VTI) from the left ventricle (right ventricle) out tract flow waveform, and the
stroke volume from the left ventricle (right ventricle) out tract diameter (LVOT (RVOT)). Also, the ratio for left and
right outflow is displayed in the report as Qp/Qs.
Two measurement menus, LVOT Flow and RVOT Flow, are provided.
[Remark]
When the equipment is shipped from the factory, LVOT Flow, RVOT Flow measurement is not assigned to the
menu.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using LVOT Flow as an example.
(1)
Display the left ventricle outflow tract B or D mode image.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select LVOT Flow.
→
(3)
screen.
appears at the bottom of the
Trace the blood flow velocity in the left ventricle outflow path.
→
The velocity-time integration value (VTI) is calculated.
[Remark]
The method of using the Dop Trace method differs depending upon whether Auto Trace or Manual Trace is used.
For details of the method of use, refer to Section 1-7-4-5. “The measurement procedure of the Dop-Trace method”.
(4)
Press the + switch.
→
A + mark appears on the B image. Consequently, when you measure the output path, the outflow path
cross-sectional area (CSA) is measured.
[Remark]
The area of the outflow path is calculated on the basis of a circle.
(5)
→
<LVOT Flow results display example>
LVOT Flow
pV:
.
MnV:
.
VTI:
.
LVOT: .
CSA:
.
SV:
cm/s
cm/s
cm
cm
cm2
ml
← Peak Velocity
← Mean Velocity
← Velocity Time Integral
← Left Ventricular Out Tract diameter
← Cross Sectional Area
← Stroke Volume
2-30
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-4. Multiple pregnancies
When performing an examination on multiplets, you can select the multiplet study.
When a study is changed to twins or triplets with a Study Change, the obstetric measurements can be executed for
each fetus. Reports are can also be displayed for each fetus.
All the measurements except those for the pregnant woman (cervix, UtA) can be used for multi-pregnancy studies
The operation methods are the same as for a single pregnancy.
Subject studies:
For Twin
For Triplets
Subject of examination
Twin Basic
Tri.Basic
Normal pregnancy
Twin Early
Tri.Early
Early pregnancy
Twin Extended
Tri Extended
High-risk pregnancy
Twin BPP/Amnio
Tri.BPP/Amnio
BPP scoring, amniotic fluid sampling
Twin Anatomy
Tri.Anatomy
Anatomical check list for fetal
: Multiplet study display items set at the factory
To switch from one fetus to the other during measurement, use the switching menu item in the transfer list or measurement menu.
The measurement results are displayed with the codes a, b, and c attached to the name of each item in order to distinguish the results for each fetus.
<Operation method>
(1)
Select a study for twins or triplets.
(2)
“Fetus a” appears beneath the study name.
(3)
Each time you press the SET switch, the fetus switches over.
Study Change (Single→ Twin, Triplets)
Fetus Change
SET
SET
SET
[Remark]
When fetus selection key (Fetus a, Fetus b, Fetus c) is assigned to the Hot key, the fetus selection menu is displayed
only by pressing the Hot key, which is convenient.
2-31
MN1-1175 Rev.9
<Operation procedure for multiplets>
This is the same as for the case of a single fetus.
<Display of results for multiplets>
The codes (a, b, c) for differentiating fetuses from each other are displayed alongside each measurement name.
For Fetus a
aBPD:Tokyo U
. cm
w d+ d
` / /
For Fetus b
bFW:Tokyo U
BPD:
APTD:
TTD:
FL:
2-32
g
cm
w d
cm
cm
cm
w d
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-3-5. Interval Growth Rate
Interval Growth Rate is a function that compares the data for the current examination date with previous data for a
single examination, and calculates the growth rate, that is, the extent to which the fetus has grown, in one week.
You can display an Interval Growth Rate table by BPD, AC, AD and FL measurement.
[Remark]
In order to display the Interval Growth Rate, set the display using a preset.
Also, although there is no restriction on the author name for GA measurement (BPD, AC, AD, FL), it is necessary
to assign an Interval Growth table (Author: Levon N) to each table.
Refer to preset pages
• Measured Method & Display Items 1/7 “GA :Growth Rate”
• OB Program GA Table “GA Table :Growth Rate”
[Remark]
It is possible to display the normal range of values of each interval growth rate in a report.
[Remark]
It is necessary to measure the previous measurement value. The measurement value is retrieved from the patient data, so it is necessary to register the patient data in advance using the ID screen.
The method of calculating the Interval Growth Rate is as follows.
Interval Growth Rate =
(Current measurement value − Previous measurement value) mm/ (Present GA value − Previous GA value) week
When GA (BPD) is measured on the day of the examination and also on one previous occasion, it is calculated as
follows.
If it is assumed that the previously performed BPD = 50mm (calculated as GA = 21w0d), and the currently
performed BPD = 78mm (calculated as GA = 31w0d), the Interval Growth Rate is as follows:
Interval Growth Rate = (78-50)mm /(31-21) wks = 2.8mm/wk
<Results display>
BPD : Tokyo U
cm
w d ± d
’
/
/
.
mm/w
2-33
← Interval Growth Rate
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4.
Report function
A report arranges and displays each index value and measurement value for obstetrical measurement and also related
patient information.
A report displays only the results of measurement. You can register up to six measurement values in a report.
[Remark]
You can set the number of values to be registered using Report Display of Preset.
You can also plot past measurement values on a growth curve, enabling you to evaluate the growth process of a fetus.
[Remark]
Be sure to enter patient data (Patient ID, Name, etc.) on the ID screen.
2-4-1. Basic Operation of a Report
2-4-1-1.
Displaying a Report
The following two patterns are used to display values in a report.
(1)
Press the REPORT switch on the operation panel.
(2)
Select Report from the measurement menu.
2-4-1-2.
Ending a Report
The following two patterns are used to end a report.
(1)
(2)
Select the Return button on the Report screen.
2-4-1-3.
Function buttons on a Report
The following buttons are displayed on the top section of the Report screen.
Study name
Return
Closes the report.
Header
Switches the header block (patient data display) between Long Form and Short Form.
Prev, Next
Advances or returns the page in block units.
Study name
Switch the study of the displayed report.
Graph
Displays the transition of the obstetrical measurement values from past to present, in the
form of a graph.
US Image
Displays an ultrasound image in the report.
Output
Outputs report data to a personal computer.
2-34
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-2. Report Block
A report block is the unit used to display data (each set of obstetrical measurement data).
It arranges pertinent ultrasound information such as Header (patient information) block, Site information (facilities
information) block, and GA, FW & Ratio (gestational week, fetal weight and ratio) block.
Comment
Patient information block from ID screen
Facilities information
(examination, etc.) block input
from ID screen
Display block for each
measurement result
2-4-2-1.
Function for displaying the past reports.
It can display the past reports that are on the requested dates.
In addition, pressing the History button, it can display the list of the past obstetrical measurement records.
However, it is not possible to Edit ( revision / deletion) the past measurement records.
(1)
Move the arrow to the
→
(2)
of the combo box identifying the exam. date, and press the SET switch.
The exam. date of the past is displayed.
Select the exam. date desired to display, and press the SET switch.
→
The report of the requested exam. date is displayed.
2-35
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
(3)
Press the History button, and press the SET switch.
→
2-4-2-2.
The list of the past exam. results is displayed.
Comment input function
You can enter comments concerning an ultrasound examination as the results of an ultrasound examination.
(1)
Move the arrow to <Comments>, and press the SET switch.
→
A text box for entering a comment appears.
(2)
Enter a comment from the keyboard.
(3)
Select OK.
[Remark]
If you select Cancel, the entered contents are canceled.
Push buttons
Text box
Scroll bar
2-36
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-2-3.
Edit (edits the data) function
You can delete or modify the measurement results in a report.
[Remark]
You can only edit values displayed in yellow.
<Operation method>
(1)
Move the arrow to the measurement value, and press the SET switch.
→
The Edit dialog box is displayed.
All of the measured values are displayed.
Value used as the report
result
(2)
Delete:
Select the measurement value to be deleted, and press Delete.
→
(3)
The specified measurement value is deleted, so select OK.
Modify:
Select the measurement value to be modified, enter the new value from the keyboard, then select OK.
2-37
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
(4)
Change to a different measurement value:
You can change a measurement value displayed on a report to a different measurement value.
→
The displayed color of the selected part changes, so press OK.
[Remark]
This function operates only when the setting “Always display the latest measurement value (last measurement value)
on the report screen” is activated. If the result is set to the mean value, it remains unchanged regardless of what measurement value is selected.
(Refer to Section 2-5-2. “PRESET list” Report Data)
(5)
Displaying a modified measurement value
The mark “#” is attached to the beginning of a measurement item that was modified by entering a numerical
value.
[Remark]
Like PI and RI measurement, there are two items of blood flow velocity data (PSV and EDV) within the period between two heartbeats that are mutually related.
Perform an editing operation so as to maintain the mutual time phase relationship.
2-38
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-3. Description of Various Data Displayed in a Report
2-4-3-1.
Patient Information
The meaning of Patient Information displayed in an obstetrical measurement report is as follows.
LMP
: Date of the last menstruation period
GRAV
: Number of gravida
PARA
: Number of para
AB
: Number of abortions or miscarriages
ECTO
: Number of ectopic pregnancies
LMP-GA
: Gestational week calculated from the date of the last menstruation
LMP-EDC
: Expected confinement date calculated from the date of the last menstruation
Composite US-GA
: Mean gestational week calculated from the measured GA
Composite US-EDC
: Expected confinement date calculated from the measured GA
[Remark]
Composite US-GA (EDC) is the mean value of the gestational week obtained from the GA measurement registered
in the report.
It is also used to calculate the expected confinement date.
When the Composite US-GA is demanded, it is possible to set the calculation with whether the currently selected
Study(One Study) or all studies (All Study) with preset. On the factory default, it is set on the calculation of all studies (All Study).
If there are two or more studies, US-GA is the mean value that takes into account the gestational week not only of
the currently selected study but of all studies.
If you wish to obtain the mean value only for the currently selected study, set the number of studies used by the preset
to one. (Refer to Section 2-5-2. “PRESET list” Study Assignment.)
[Remark]
If an input other than LMP (BBT, EGA, EDC or GA) is made using the ID screen, the display will switch over.
(BBT-GA, BBT-EDC, etc.)
[Remark]
If you changed Header to Short Form, only the ID, Name, LMP-GA, EDC, US-GA and EDC are displayed.
2-39
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-3-2.
Report
The blocks that can be displayed in an obstetrical measurement report are as follows.
In each study, these blocks are combined with each other and displayed
GA,FW,Ratio Block
Other Block
Fetal Cardiac Block
Fetal Doppler Block
Fetal Cardiac Doppler Block
BPP/Amnio Block
Anatomy Check List Block
[Remark]
In the case of multiplets, you can set a block combination for each fetus.
GA,FW,Ratio Block
Other Block
Fetal Cardiac Block
Fetal Doppler Block
Fetal Cardiac Doppler Block
BPP/Amnio Block
For BPP scoring and inserting a comment
concerning amniotic fluid puncture
(Refer to Section 2-4-3-6. “Biophysical Profile
Scoring (BPP Scoring) Report”)
Anatomy Check List Block
For inserting anatomical comments concerning a
fetus
(Refer to Section 2-4-3-5. “Anatomy Check List
Report”)
Fig. Display example for of each block:
[Remark]
On the factory default, you can only display some of these items.
2-40
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
1) Basic Report
This is a display example of a basic report. The displayed items differ depending upon the measurement and preset
conditions.
Composite Selection
GA, FW,Ratio Measurement
AFI Measurement
Fetal Heart Rate Measurement
Fetal Doppler Measurement
Normal range
[Remark]
In the case where the measurement values are outside the normal range, the (normal value range) part is displayed
in shaded form.
(This applies to GA measurement, FW measurement, Ratio measurement and Doppler measurement that use tables
that can display the normal range.)
[Remark]
If a report cannot be displayed in a single page, scroll it using Next or Prev.
[Remark]
Putting the arrow on the plot of the past, it is displayed the measurement result corresponding to the plot.
The past test results
2-41
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2) Composite Selection function
The Composite Selection function is a function that sets whether or not to add GA measurement registered in a report
to the calculation of Composite US-GA in the Header.
If
alongside the GA measurement value is checked
the GA measurement is added to the composite US-GA
calculation.
For a GA measurement value that you do not wish to be added to the calculation, move the arrow to the
and press the SET switch. The check
mark is erased, and Composite US-GA is re-calculated.
2-42
part,
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-3-3.
Graph function
You can select one of the following three kinds of graph function.
(1)
Gr-1: Graph that is displayed simultaneously with the results in GA, FW and Ratio Block (A Doppler Graph
is displayed in the Fetal Doppler Block.)
(2)
GA Dating Graph: A horizontal bar graph that is displayed alongside the GA and FW values
(3)
Graph 1 — 6: Between 1 and 6 graphs are displayed over the entire screen.
<Operation method>
(1)
Move the arrow to the Graph button on the Report, and press the SET switch.
→
The Graph menu is displayed.
“Graphs number on the Scrren”:
Selects the number of graphs to
be displayed on one screen.
Gr-1:Graph displayed
simultaneously with
the results
“Growth Curve” or “Fetal Doppler”:
Select the parameters that you wish
to display.
(The measured parameters are in a
selected state.)
[Remark]
You can set the type and number of graphs to be displayed.
The measured obstetrical measurement items are in a selected state.
(2)
Select the graph that you wish to display, and select OK.
→
(3)
The graph is displayed as shown in the following drawing.
To erase the graph and return to the initial status, select the Graph button.
[Remark]
In addition to plots of the measurement values, each graph contains lines that indicate the LMP-GA (dotted line) and
Composite US-GA (solid line).
2-43
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
1) Display example of graph:
<Gr-1>
Displayed when the report is opened.
To change the displayed curve, set “Number of graphs on the screen” and “Growth Curve” to “Gr-1”.
[Remark]
Gr-1 of Fetal Doppler is displayed in the Fetal Doppler Block.
[Remark]
If the graph displayed in Gr-1 is FW Table,
appears to indicate the FW equation used by the plot on the graph.
<GA Dating Graph>
Displayed at the position of the Gr-1 graph.
You can select either ±day or ±SD.
(±day)
2-44
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
(± SD)
<When the number of graphs is set to 1, 2, 4 or 6>
One screens
Two screens
Four screens
Six screens
[Remark]
You can scroll the page by selecting Next or Prev.
2-45
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2) Growth Analysis Graph
This function saves the measurement values in the case where the same patient was examined previously, and displays the previous measurement values on a graph. It enables you to observe the growth condition along with the
passage of time.
If data has been saved, each time a graph is displayed the past data is also plotted.
You can display patient data registered since the most recent LMP, in the graph.
This data is used not only in the graph of the report but also in the graph on the measurement screen.
Today's plot
Past plots
[Remark]
Putting the arrow on the plot of today or the past, it is displayed the measurement result corresponding to the plot.
2-4-3-4.
Interval Growth Rate
When the Internal Growth Rate is set, it is displayed as shown below.
Normal range
2-46
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-3-5.
Anatomy Check List Report
An Anatomy Check List is “an anatomical checklist for a fetus” which is intended to make observation of a fetus
more positive. It is displayed in the Anatomy Check List Block.
The checklist is set out in the form of questions and answers, such as “was the heart visible” or “how many fetuses
are there”. You can select items from the internal checklist and the user’s registered checklist, and set them in a preset for each study.
Fig. Report on Anatomy CL Study Display example
[Remark]
On the factory default, this study is not displayed.
(Refer to Section 2-5-2. “PRESET list” Study Assignment)
<Operation method>
A checklist consists of headings and selections.
Heading
Selection
2-47
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
Make a selection from the pull-down menu.
(1)
Move the arrow to
→
(2)
of the specified selection, and press the SET switch.
A selection list of opinions appears.
Using the trackball, select a comment and press the SET switch.
→
The specified item is transferred to Selection, and the arrow moves to the next selection.
[Remark]
To register a number of items, repeat step (2).
[Remark]
The built-in choices can be registered by the user. Refer to Section 2-5-2. “PRESET list”
[Remark]
On the factory default, an Anatomical check list is displayed in both Early and Twin Early studies.
2-4-3-6.
Biophysical Profile Scoring (BPP Scoring) Report
Based on the data obtained from observation of ultrasound images carried out on a fetus over a relative long period
of time, the examiner makes a selection according to the evaluation criterion. The corresponding score is added, and
the total value is displayed. This report is used mainly for managing high risk pregnancies.
There are two evaluation criteria, that recommended by Vintzileous et al., and that recommended by Manning and
et al. One criterion can be set using a preset.
Display example of BPP/Amnio Study report
Fig. Display example of BPP/Amnio Study report
[Remark]
On the factory default, this study cannot be displayed.
(Refer to Section 2-5-2. “PRESET list” Study Assignment) BPP Scoring (Manning et.al)
2-48
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
<Operation method>
The checklist consists of evaluation items and evaluation result selections.
Selection
Evaluation item
Total value
Specify an evaluation item from the pull-down menu.
(1)
Move the arrow to
→
(2)
in the specified text box, and press the SET switch.
The selection list appears.
Using the trackball, select a name, and press the SET switch.
→
The specified item is transferred to the text box.
The number in parenthesis is transferred to Total Score.
[Remark]
In the BPP of Manning et al., there are two selections, Present (2) and Not Present (0).
In the BPP of Vintzileous et al., there are three selections, Present (2), Equivocal (1) and Not Present (0).
Refer to 2-6-3.BPP Scoring.2-6-3. BPPScoring.
2-4-3-7.
Amnio/CVS Report
This report displays the examination results of Amniocentesis or Chorionic Villus Sampling.
You can enter comments concerning the change in the heart beat of the fetus or the amniotic fluid before and after
sampling.
Display example of BPP/Amnio Study report
Fig. Display example of BPP/Amnio Study report
[Remark]
On the factory default, this study cannot be displayed.
(Refer to Section 2-5-2. “PRESET list”) Example of Amniocentesis
2-49
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
[Remark]
The results of either one (but not both) of amniocentesis and chorionic villus sampling are displayed in the report.
The displayed contents of both are the same.
<Displayed contents>
(1)
Puncture Site
Select one of the following parts as the puncture site, from the pull-down menu.
RUQ : Right Upper Quadrant
RLQ : Right Lower Quadrant
LUQ : Left Upper Quadrant
LLQ : Left Lower Quadrant
(2)
# of puncture(number of puncture operations)
Enter the number of times that a puncture operation was performed for the selected puncture site in Puncture
Site.
Specify the number of times from 1 to 10 from the pull-down menu.
(3)
Am’t Fluid withdrawn (amount of amniotic fluid sampled)
Enter the amount of amniotic fluid obtained by puncturing, from the keyboard.
(4)
Color of fluid (nature of the amniotic fluid obtained by puncturing as seen with the naked eye)
Specify the nature of the amniotic fluid obtained by puncturing as seen with the naked eye, from the pulldown menu.
You can make a selection from Clear, Bloody and Dark. You can also enter a comment from the keyboard.
(5)
Fetal Heart Rate
The values of the fetal heart rate (PreHR and PstHR measurement) obtained by M mode or D mode measurement before and after the amniocentesis are displayed as data for managing stress that arises when the fetus
is punctured.
(6)
Placenta
Enter a comment concerning the placenta from the keyboard.
2-50
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-3-8.
Report of multiplet
If a multiplet study is selected, the report will change over to a multiplet display.
In the case of a multiplet study, the displayed report is divided into Fetus a, Fetus b and Fetus c.
For the method of changing over from one fetus to another in a multiplet study, refer to Section 2-3-4. “Multiple
pregnancies”.
Patient Information
Fetus a GA, FW,Ratio block
Fetus b GA, FW,Ratio block
→ Fetus a AFI block
→ Fetus b AFI block
→ Fetus a Fetus Cardiac block
→ Fetus b Fetus Cardiac block
Fetus a Fetus Doppler block
Fetus b Fetus Doppler block
→ Fetus b Fetus Cardiac Doppler block
→ Fetus b Fetus Cardiac Doppler block
Fig. Twin extended report example
[Remark]
In the case of a multiplet study, Composite US-GA (EDC) is calculated for each fetus.
2-51
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
[Remark]
Only one graph is displayed in the report (1, 2, 4 or 6 screen display), even in the case of multiplets.
In this case, the respective plots are marked a and b, (c).
If you wish to display a graph for each fetus, press the Fetus a, b, (c) button.
The graph display will switch through Fetus a → Fetus b → (Fetus c) → Fetus a, b, (c).
Fetus display changeover button
[Remark]
You can display plots of past studies, even for a multiplet graph
Twin extended report example BPP/Amnio Report
2-52
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
Twin extended report example Anatomy Check List Report
2-53
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-4. Function that Attaches an Ultrasound Image to a Report
This function automatically display the current ultrasound image acquired by the examiner in the US Image block
of the report.
Also, by using the Review function at the bottom of the Report screen, it is possible to display all of the images stored
in an HDD and MO as thumbnail images. You can also select one of these images, and display it in the report.
When you select “US Image” on the report screen, the US Image block (ultrasound image page) is displayed.
To return to a normal report, select “US Image” once again.
2-4-4-1.
Images that can be attached to a report
Images that can be attached to a report are the various ultrasound images of the same patient that are stored in the
medium (HDD or MO) at the storage destination.
2-4-4-2.
Limit for holding attached images
Attached images are held until the New Patient function is executed.
2-54
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-4-3.
Method of attaching images
1) Auto Paste function
The number of images set using the Preset function is automatically selected from the latest images stored in the
HDD or MO and displayed on the US Image block.
[Remark]
The number of displayed images and the display format can be set only by the Preset function.
The factory settings are Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen: 2 × 2, and Number of US Images to be Automatically Displayed: 4.
The figure at right shows examples of factory settings.
Select “Review” to change the image
displayed on the report.
Regarding the display sequence, the images are automatically pasted from the latest recorded image, from top left
to bottom right.
[Remark]
You can set the format of an image displayed on the Report screen to 1 × 1, 2 × 2, 3 × 2 or 3 × 3.
2-55
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2) Function for pasting an image to be displayed instead of an existing image
This function enables you to change the automatically attached image to another image, or to add an image.
<Operation method>
(1)
Select Review at bottom right of the US Image block screen.
→
(2)
All of the images of the patient concerned that are stored in an HDD or MO are displayed as thumbnail
images.
Move the arrow to the image that you wish to display, and press the SET switch.
→
The selected image is displayed with a blue border.
Select desire US image as follows
ID ：1234567890
Name：abcdefghijklmnop
Return
Current Exam. View
The displayed3 screen
shows images acquired
during the current
examination.
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
Prev.
Next
Change View
Paste Desired US
Function that changes over the conditions under which
the images are displayed on the thumbnail display
Current Exam.
: Images acquired during the
current examination
Current & Post Exam : All current and past images
for the same patient
Fig. Thumbnail display
[Remark]
If you wish to select a number of images, repeat step (2). Pressing the SET switch on the selected image erases the
blue border.
(3)
Move the arrow to Paste Desired US, and press the SET switch.
→
The selected image is displayed in the US Image block.
[Remark]
Regarding the “Change View” function
By selecting Change View at the bottom of the thumbnail display, you can also display past images for the same
patient as thumbnail display.
[Remark]
Each time you select Change View, the display conditions switch over between “current image only” and “current
and past images”. The particular set of conditions displayed is indicated at top right of the thumbnail screen.
2-56
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-5. Printing Function
This function outputs the entire report data to a dedicated local printer via a Centronics interface.
The printed data is a text data or graphical data ultrasound image.
2-4-5-1.
(1)
Operation sequence
Select Output
→
(2)
Select “to Printer”, and press OK.
→
(3)
A select device dialog box appears.
The Print Data Selection dialog box appears.
Select the block that you wish to print.
→
The selected block name is highlighted in blue.
[Remark]
To cancel the selection, re-select the same block.
(4)
Enter the number of copies, and select Print.
→
Printing starts, and the dialog box closes.
Printing starts.
This function is ended without
printing taking place.
[Remark]
Without selecting the Output, it is feasible to output reports to either PC Printer or DICOM Printer during preparing
reports at the operating panel. For doing this operation, PC Printer or DICOM Printer shall be preset to the operating
panel beforehand. The output to the DICOM Printer, however, is limited to the screen displayed at that time.
2-57
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-5-2.
Property function
This function enables you to make the minimum necessary detailed settings for a local printer.
(1)
Printer name: Select the model of the printer to be used.
(2)
Paper sizes: Set the size of the paper to be used. (US letter, A4 alternative selection)
(3)
Title Inform: Enter the Report Title information
You can enter up to 80 characters. The print position is always Center.
(4)
Site Inform: Enter the facilities information (department, address, telephone No., FAX No., etc.).
You can enter up to 80 characters x 5 lines. The print position is always Center.
(5)
Orientation: Set the orientation of the paper.
At present, the orientation is set to Portrait (vertical direction printing) only.
(6)
US Image Form : When printing the US Image block, you can change the printing format to 1 × 2, 1 × 3,
2 × 2 or 2 × 4.
(7)
Signature
: Select whether to insert only the name of the physician, or the names of both the physician
and the sonographer.
[Remark]
These settings are held subsequently so long as they are not renewed.
2-58
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-6. Output to a Personal Computer
This function outputs the entire report to a personal computer using an RS-232C interface.
2-4-6-1.
(1)
Operation procedure
Select the output.
→
(2)
The Select Device dialog box is displayed.
Select “to PC”.
→
The “Repeat study” dialog box appears.
[Remark]
If an ID is not input, a message to that effect will appear.
Press the ID key on the front panel.
(3)
If you wish to repeat a study, select “Yes” and press OK.
→
Communication starts.
[Remark]
If you select Cancel, the system returns to the status that existed prior to the execution of this function.
[Remark]
The patient data and all of the data registered in the report (excluding the ultrasound image data) is output to a personal computer as output data.
2-59
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-4.Report function
2-4-7. Output to a CSV file
This function outputs the values registered in the report (measured values only) and the comment data to an MO or
floppy disk as a CSV file.
2-4-7-1.
(1)
Operation procedure
Select the output.
→
(2)
The “Select device” dialog box is displayed.
Select the Export CSV File.
The media selection dialog box appears.
[Remark]
The filename is automatically attached by means of[ID- Date Application], but can be changed by entering the desired name from the keyboard.
(3)
Select FD or MO, enter the filename, and then press OK.
→
The data is written to the selected medium.
[Remark]
If you select Cancel, the equipment will return to the condition that existed prior to the execution of this function.
[Remark]
When you open the CSV file, the patient information, numerical values and comments appear in that sequence.
2-60
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
2-5.
Preset function
2-5-1. Preset Settings
The obstetrical measurement preset consists broadly of the following three functions.
(1) Create MEASUREMENT Tools = Settings related to the measurement procedure, mark size, and report display.
(2) Study Assignment
= Sets the menu, transfer list, report display configuration, and so on, for each study.
(3) SW Assignment
= Settings for assigning various measurement functions to switches for shortcut operations
The preset functions related to obstetrical measurements and their configuration are shown below.
OB Preset
Setting of the items that are common to OB measurement and Basic measurements.
Basic Measurement
Refer to Section 1-10. “PRESET FUNCTION”
Application Measurement
Settings concerning OB measurement to be used, Mark Style and result display.
Selection and setting of each OB measurement method, Mark Style and result
display items.
B.Mode
M.Mode
D.Mode
F.Mode
Setting of the measurement mark size and dot line. Substituted by Basic
measurement preset.
Unit Selection
Setting of the display unit for performing OB measurement. Substituted by Basic
measurement preset.
Caliper Auto Off
Setting of the measurement mark for canceling a freeze condition, and also the
automatic result erasure function.
Report Data
value or not).
Anatomy Check List
Display Form
Mark Display
Built-in & User-Defined Table
Setting of the Anatomy Check List.
Setting of OB measurement result display style.
Setting for displaying a caliper mark.
Built-in obstetric table and equation list and user definition.
GA Table
Built-in gestational age in weeks table list and user definition.
FW Equation
Built-in fetal weight equation list and user definition.
FW Growth
Built-in fetal weight growth graph table list and user definition.
Fetus Ratio
Built-in fetus ratio measurement list.
AFI Table
Built-in AFI measurement standard value table list.
Doppler Table
Built-in obstetric Doppler measurement standard value table list.
Built-in Interval Growth Rate table list.
User's Name
New measurement area name registration.
2-61
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
OB Preset
Study Assignment
Setting of measurement menu registration, report display configuration, and transfer
list for each Ultrasound Examination Study.
Study name
Built-in : Basic, Early, TwinBasic, Twin Early.
OB Program
Selection of a measurement registered in the menu and a measurement registered on
the report.
GA FW Ratio
Registers gestational age in weeks tables, fetal weight measurements, and ratio
equations.
Other
Registers amniotic fluid index, fetal cardiac function, and Doppler measurement
report display.
Anatomy Check List Assign
Setting of the check list to be displayed on the report.
Graph Number
Displays and registers fetal graphs displayed in reports.
Menu Assiginment
Function that enables a measurement menu to be created and edited from the
contents set by OB-Program.
Combined Report Display
Function that enables the configuration of a report to be edited.
Transfer List Assign
Function that enables a transfer destination list of the measurement results to be
created and edited.
Other
SW Assignment
Setting of registration of direct execution switches.
Function that assigns the measurements to be executed when the + switch is
pressed.
Hot Key Assignment
Function that assigns the measurement function that operates when a specific
Function that assigns the measurement function that operates when the User switch
is pressed.
2-62
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
2-5-2. PRESET list
• OB Preset
Returns the registered contents to their default settings.
• Create Measurement Tools
Basic Measurement
Refer to Section 1-10-4. “Create
MEASUREMENT Tools”
• Measured Method & Display Items1/3
B mode measurement settings 1
M mode measurement settings
2-63
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
D mode measurement settings 1
• Unit Selection
Fetal weight unit switching (gram→ Pound)
• Caliper Auto Off setting
OFF
:Results and marks not erased
ON
:Results and marks all erased
All Mark Erase
:Only marks erased
Remain Active Mark :Erases all marks other than for
measurement during starting
2-64
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
• Report Data (1/2)
Selects either average values or the latest values
and sets the number of data items registered.
Measurement data reuse On/Off
BPP score type selection
Pasting of Image
ON/OFF of past result display
• Report Data (2/2)
Setting whether US-GA is calculated by Study or
from all Studies
• Anatomy Check List
Built-in checklist items, list of choices, and
user registration
You can change (user selection) the
built-in choices.
2-65
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
• Built-in
The built-in choices can be registered by the user.
User registration screen
• Display Form
Selects vertical or horizontal display and switches
whether or not measurement item multiple displays
display the measurements only during starting.
・ Mark Display(1/2), (2/2)
Setting for displaying caliper mark and
measurement results(2 pages)
• Built-in & User-defined GA Table
Lists the built-in fetal weight equations and those
defined by the user.
2-66
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
• Built-in & User-defined FW Equation
Lists the built-in fetal weight equations and those
defined by the user.
• Built-in & User-defined FW Growth
Lists the built-in fetal weight growth graph tables
and those defined by the user
• Built-in & User-defined Fetus Ratio
Lists the built-in fetus ratio measurements and
those defined by the user
2-67
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
• Built-in & User-defined AFI Table
Built-in AFI measurement standard value table list
and user registration and those defined by the user
• Built-in & User-defined Doppler Table
Lists the built-in obstetric Doppler measurement
standard value tables and those defined by the user
• Interval Growth Rate
Interval Growth Rate built-in table
• Built-in & User-defined User’s Name
Registration of new measurement area name
2-68
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
• User’s Calculation
Registers OB measurement equation
• Study Assignment
Registers to the Menu Assign obstetric measurement menu → Set the OB-Program before using
Menu Assign.
Switches the display on/off for built-in studies and
registers new studies.
OB Program GA FW Ratio
Registers gestational age in weeks tables and fetal
weight measurement and ratio equations.
Registered tables and equations are displayed on
the Menu Assign screen.
It is also possible to set whether or not reports are
displayed and whether or not average number of
week values (US-GA) are displayed on the screen.
2-69
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
OB Program Other
Sets the amniotic fluid index, fetal cardiac
function, and Doppler measurements
Sets whether or not to display in reports combinations of measurement blocks displayed in reports
and selects the standard value table for Doppler
measurement values.
OB Program Anatomy Check List Assign
Selects the checklist items.
Combination of measurement blocks to be
displays in the report
OB-Program Graph Number
Selects the number of graphs displayed in reports.
Registers display items in the transfer list from the
2-70
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-5.Preset function
Other
Measurement guide message display setting
• SW Assignment
+ Mark Key Assignment
Registers the measurement started with the + mark.
• SW Assignment
Hot key Assignment
Registers measurements to hot keys
• SW Assignment
User1, User2, Clear and Report switch Assignment
2-71
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6.Calculation Formula & Reference & Table
2-6.
Calculation Formula & Reference & Table
2-6-1. Calculation
2-6-1-1.
Calculation for B-mode
Measurement
name
Ratio
Item
CI
HC/AC
FL/BPD
FL/HC
FL/AC
LVW/HW
Calculation
Remark
Cephalic Index = BPDo ÷ OFDo
(14 ≤ LMP − GA ≤ 40wks)
Ratio of HC to AC
(13 ≤ LMP − GA ≤ 42wks)
Ratio of FL to BPD
(23 ≤ LMP − GA ≤ 40wks)
Ratio of FL to HC
(15 ≤ LMP − GA ≤ 42wks)
Ratio of FL to AC
(21 ≤ LMP − GA ≤ 42wks)
Ratio of LVW to HW
(15 ≤ LMP − GA ≤ 38wks)
Gestational week (ID Screen)
LMP − GA (Gestational Age by Last Menstrual Period)
GA = (Exam date − LMP) ÷ 7
BBT − GA (Gestational Age by BBT)
GA = (Exam date − BBT + 14) ÷ 7
It calculates from the date of LMP.
It calculates from the date of BBT.
EGA − GA (Gestational Age by EGA)
It calculates from the date of EGA.
GA = (Exam date − EGA) ÷ 7 + EGA − MA***
LMP − EDC (Estimated Date of Confinement)
EDC = 280 + LMP
It calculates from the date of LMP.
BBT − EDC (Estimated Date of Confinement)
EDC = (280 − 14) + BBT
It calculates from the date of BBT.
EGA − EDC (Estimated Date of Confinement)
EDC = EGA date + (280 − EGA − MA***)
It calculates from the date of EGA.
EGA − MA***: Mean equivalent gestational week for a past examination date and time
US − GA(Composite GA by Ultrasound)
GA measurement mean gestational
week
US Composite GA = (USGA1+USGA2+...+USGAn) ÷
nUSGA1,USGA2,...,USGAn
US − EDC(Estimated Date of Confinement by Ultrasoundall GA parameters)
US Composite EDC = Exam date + (280 − US − GA)
GA Gestational Age Type in on ID screen
GA − EDC EDC= Exam.data + (280 − GA)
2-72
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Measurement
Item
Calculation
name
Gestational week • Estimated Date of Confinement
GA estimated Gestational Age by US measurement
Calculated from the estimated gestational week table.
Fetal Weight
Tokyo U
Osaka U
Remark
FW(g) = FW (BPD,APTD,TTD,FL) BPD,APTD,TTD,FL:cm
= 1.07 (BPD)3 + 3.42(APTD)(TTD)(FL)
FW(g) = FW (BPD,FTA,FL) BPD,FL:cm FTA:cm2
= 1.25647(BPD)3 + 3.50665(FTA)(FL) + 6.3
Hadlock1
FW(g) = FW (AC,FL)= log10(FW) AC,FL:cm
log10(FW)= 1.304 + 0.05281(AC) + 0.1938(FL) − 0.004(AC)(FL)
Hadlock2
FW(g) = FW (AC,HC,FL) AC,HC,FL:cm
log10(FW) = 1.326 − 0.00326(AC)(FL) + 0.0107(HC) + 0.0438(AC)
+ 0.158(FL)
Hadlock3
FW(g) = FW (BPD,AC,FL) BPD,AC,FL:cm
log10(FW) = 1.335 − 0.0034(AC)(FL) + 0.0316(BPD) + 0.0457(AC)
+ 0.1623(FL)
Hadlock4
FW(g) = FW (HC,AC) HC,AC:cm
log10(FW) = 1.182 + 0.0273(HC) + 0.07057(AC) − 0.00063(AC)2
− 0.0002184(HC)(AC)
Hadlock5
FW(g) = FW (BPD,HC,AC,FL) BPD,HC,AC,FL:cm
log10(FW) = 1.3596 − 0.00386(AC)(FL) + 0.0064(HC)
+ 0.00061(BPD)(AC) + 0.0424(AC) + 0.174(FL)
Shepard
Shinozuka
Hansmann
Warsof
Campbell
FW(g) = FW (BPD,AC) BPD,AC:cm
log10(FW) = (3 − 1.7492) + 0.166(BPD) + 0.046(AC) − 2.646(AC)(BPD)
÷ 1000
FW(g) = FW (BPD,AC,FL) BPD,AC,FL:cm
= 1.07 (BPD)3 + 0.3(AC)2(FL)
FW(kg) = FW (BPD,TTD) BPD,TTD:mm
= − 0.105775(BPD) + 0.000930707(BPD)2 + 0.0649145(TTD)
− 0.000205620(TTD)2 + 0.515263
FW(kg) = FW (BPD,AC) BPD,AC:cm
log10(FW) = −1.599 + 0.144(BPD) + 0.032(AC) − 0.111(BPD)2(AC) ÷ 1000
FW(g) = FW (AC) AC:mm
loge(FW) = −4.564 + 0.0282(AC) − 0.0000331(AC)2 + loge1000
2-73
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Measurement
name
Amniotic Fluid
Index
Cardio Thoracic
Ratio
Item
Calculation
AFI
Amniotic Fluid Index= Q1 + Q2 + Q 3+ Q4
CTR
Cardio Thoracic Ratio =A/B
CTAR
Remark
A: Cardiac cross-section circumferential length (diameter)
B: Thorax cross-section circumferential length (diameter)
Cardio Thoracic Area Ratio =A/B
A: Cardiac cross-sectional area B: Thorax cross-sectional area
= (Current Study data− Previous Study data)mm/(Current GA data
− Previous GA data)week
BPD,AD,AC,FL Reference: Levon N
2-6-1-2.
Calculation for M-mode
Measurement
name
Heart Rate
Item
Calculation
Remark
FHR
P reFHR
PostFHR
HR= 60 ÷ (Time for # cardiac cycle)
Time for # cardiac cycle
EDV
EDV= (LVIDd)3
Pombo
ESV
ESV= (LVIDs)3
SV= EDV − ESV
EF= (SV ÷ EDV) × 100 (%)
FS= {(LVIDd − LVIDs) ÷ LVIDd} × 100 (%)
Pombo
LV Function
SV
EF
FS
2-74
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6-1-3.
Calculation for D-mode
Measurement
name
Index
LVOT Flow
Item
PI
RI
S/D
PLI
PI=(PSV − EDV) ÷ MeanV
RI=(PSV − EDV) ÷ PSV
Systolic Velocity ÷ Diastolic Velocity
|A| / |SF|
A/B, (A − B) ÷ A (A>B)
CSA
CSA= π /4 × (CSD)2
SV= CSALVOT × VTI
SV
RVOT Flow
2-6-1-4.
Calculation
CSA
SV
CSA= π /4 × (CSD)2
SV= CSARVOT × VTI
Qp/Qs
= SVRVOT ÷ SVLVOT
Remark
PSV, EDV, MeanV
PSV, EDV
PSV, EDV
|A|,|SF|
A, B
Compound measurement items
Measurement
name
HC
HC
= π √{(BPD2+OFD2)/2}
BPD, OFD (BPDo,OFDo)
HC2
HC2
=HC2=2.325 × √ (BPD)2+(OFD)2
BPD, OFD (BPDo,OFDo)
AC
AC
APTD, TTD (APD,TAD)
FTA
AD
FTA
AD
= π √{(APTD2+TTD2)/2}
= π (APTD × TTD) /4
=(APTD+TTD)/2
Item
Calculation
2-75
Remark
APTD, TTD( APD,TAD)
APTD, TTD ( APD,TAD)
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6-2. Anatomy Check List
The Anatomy Check list built in equipment
(Pregnant Woman):
Heading
Fetal Number
Cervix
Uterus
Endometrium
Myometrium
Right Ovary
Left Ovary
Right Fallopian Tube
Left Fallopian Tube
Right Adnexa
Left Adnexa
(Fetus):
Heading
Fetal Presentation
Placental Position
Placental Location
Placental Grade
AFV
Head
Cerebral Ventricles
Cisterna Magna
Cerebellum
Choroid Plexus
Posterior Fossa
Lat Vent
Midline falx
Cavum S.P.
Neck
Nuchal Fold
Face
Orbits
Cardiac Activity
Heart 4 Chamber View
Outflow Tract
RVOT
LVOT
Lungs
Abdominal Wall
Diaphragm
Liver
Stomach
Cord Vessels
Cord Insertion
Right Kidney
Left Kidney
Renals
Urinary Bladder
Spine
Spine - Lumbar
Selection
Single, Twin, Triplet, Multiple, See Comment, NA
WNL, Poorly Seen, Not Seen, See Comment, NA
Anteverted, Retroverted, Anteflexed, Retroflexed, Absent,
See Comment, NA
Prominent, Normal, Fluid, Polyp, See Comment, NA
Unremarkable, Heterogeneous, See Comment, NA
WNL, Enlarged, Not Seen, Absent, See Comment, NA
Hydrosalpinx, Pyosalpinx, Not Seen, See Comment, NA
Hydrosalpinx, Pyosalpinx, Not Seen, See Comment, NA
WNL, Absent, Free Fluid, See Comment, NA
Selection
Vertex, Breech, Transverse, Oblique, See Comment, NA
Anterior, Posterior, Fundal, R-Lateral, L-Lateral, See Comment, NA
Fundal, Mid, Low, Partial Previa, Complete Previa, See Comment,
NA
0, 1, 2, 3, See Comment, NA
Normal, Increased, Decreased, See Comment, NA
WNL, Poorly Seen, Not Seen, Abnormal, See Comment, NA
Regular, Irregular, Absent, See Comment, NA
3, 2, See Comment
2-76
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Spine - Cervical
Spine - Thoracic
Spine - Sacral
Right Arm
Left Arm
Right Leg
Left Leg
Right Hand
Left Hand
Right Foot
Left Foot
Upper Extremities
Lower Extremities
Limbs
Digits
Gender
Not Seen, Male, Female, See Comment, NA
[Remark]
NA : Not Available = Blank
2-77
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6-3. BPP Scoring
1) Criteria for Scoring Biophysical Variables According to Vintzelios
Parameter
Present Score of 2
Equivocal Score of 1
Not Present Score of 0
Nonstress test
5 or more FHR accelerations of
at least 15 bpm in amplitude
and at least 15-seconds
duration associated with fetal
movement in a 20-minute
period.(NST 2)
2 or 4 accelerations of at
least 15 bpm and at least
15-seconds duration
associated with fetal
movements in a 20-minute
period.(NST 1)
1 or 0 acceleration in a 20minute period.
(NST 0)
Fetal movement
At least 3 gross (trunk and
limbs) episodes of fetal
movements within 30 minutes.
Simultaneous limb and trunk
movements are counted as a
single movement.(FM 2)
1 or 2 fetal movements
within 30 minutes.(FM1)
Absence of fetal
movements within 30
minutes.(FM 0)
Fetal breathing movement
At least 1 episode of fetal
breathing of at least 60-seconds
duration within a 30-minute
observation period.(FBM 2)
At least 1 episode of fetal
breathing lasting 30 to 60
seconds within 30
minutes.(FBM 1)
Absence of fetal
breathing, or breathing
lasting less than 30
seconds within 30
minutes.(FBM 0)
Fetal tone
At least 1 episode of extension
of extremities with return to
position of flexion and also 1
episode of extension of spine
with return to position of
flexion.(FT 2)
At least 1 episode of
extension of extremities
with return to position of
flexion or 1 episode of
extension of spine with
return to point of
flexion.(FT 1)
Extremities in extension.
Fetal movements not
followed by return to
flexion. Open hand.
(FT 0)
Amniotic fluid volume
Fluid evident throughout the
uterine cavity. A pocket that
measures 2 cm or more in
vertical diameter.(AF 2)
A pocket that measures
less than 2cm but more
than 1cm vertical
diameter.(AF 1)
Crowding of fetal small
parts. Largest pocket less
than 1cm in vertical
diameter.(AF 0)
Placental grading
Placental grade 0,1, or 2.(PL2)
Placenta posterior; difficult
to evaluate.(PL 1)
Placental grade 3.(PL 0)
2-78
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2) Biophysical profile scoring According to Manning and Coworkers
Parameter
Present Score of 2
Not Present Score of 0
Breathing
30 seconds or more of breathing noted in
30-minute period.
Less than 30-second period or no
breathing in 30 minutes.
Movement
3 or more gross body/limb movements
in 30-minute period.
Less than 3 gross body/limb movements
in 30 minutes.
Tone
At least 1 episode of flexion or extension
with return to normal position in a 30minute period.
Failure to observe any flexion or
extension in a 30-minute period.
Fluid
One pocket of a amniotic fluid
measuring 2cm in both vertical and
horizontal planes.
Faiure to identify fluid pocket measuring
2cm in any plane.
Nonstress test
Negative or reactive test.
Less than 2 accelerations of at least 15
bpm.
TOTAL POSSIBLE SCORE 10
2-79
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6-4. References
2-6-4-1.
GA tables (GA Calculation tables)
wks: week (**.*wks = **w*d)
Author
Range
Data form
Reference
GS
CRL
BPD
FL
LV
AxT
CRL
BPD
FTA
FL
HL
BPD
4-12wks
8-15wks
12-40wks
20-40wks
21-40wks
16-41wks
7-13wks
10-40wks
14-40wks
13-40wks
13-40wks
12.1-42.0wks
Week ±day
Tokyo University Takashi Okai, et al.
JAPAN SOCIETY OF OBSTETRICS AND
GYNECOLOGY
Volume38,No.8
Week ±SD
Mineo Aoki
Perinatal Care Vol.9 No.5, (407-422)
Measurement
±day
HC
13.3-41.4wks
Measurement
±day
AC
15.4-40.6wks
Measurement
±day
FL
12.6-40.3wks
Measurement
±day
CRL
5.5-18.0wks
Measurement
±day
Hadlock 90%
HC
AC
FL
14.0-40.0wks
10-50-90%tile
Hadlock 84
BPD
HC
AC
FL
HL
FL
TIB
ULNA
BD
12.1-42.0wks
12.0-42.0wks
12.0-42.0wks
12.1-42.0wks
12.4-40wks
12.4-40.0wks
13.3-39.5wks
13.1-40.2wks
10.3-40.1wks
Measurement
±day
Fetal Biparietal Diameter : A Critical Re-evaluation of
the Relation to Menstrual Age by means of Real-time
Ultrasound.
Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK :
Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine 1:97, 97-104
Fetal Head Circumference : Relation to Menstrual Age
Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK
AJR 138:649-653, April 1982
Fetal Abdominal Circumference as a Predictor of
Menstrual Age
AJR 139:367-370, August 1982
Fetal Femur Length as a Predictor of Menstrual Age :
Sonographically Measured
AJR 138:875-878, May 1982
Fetal Crown-Rump Length: Reevaluation of Relation to
Menstrual Age(5-18 weeks) with High-Resolution RealTime US
Hadlock FP, Shah YP, Kanon DJ, Lindsey JV
Radiology, 182: 501-505. <Table 3>
(Estimating fetal age ; Computer-assisted analysis of
multiple fetal growth parameters)
Radiology 1984 ; 152 : 497-501
Table Data : 90 percentile data form {Growth format}
Estimating Fetal Age: Computer Assisted Analysis of
Multiple Fetal Growth Parameters
Radiology 152:497-501, 1984. <Table 1, 2>
Estimation of Gestational Age from Measurements of
Fetal Long Bones
Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Dumont JE
Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine 3:75-79, February
1984
Tokyo U
Osaka U
Hadlock
Jeanty
Measurement
±day
2-80
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Author
Jeanty 95%
Campbell
Merz
Shinozuka
Hansmann
Rempen
Range
HL
FL
TIB
ULNA
RAD
BPD
HC
AC
FL
BPD
OFD
HC2
TTD
APTD
AC
FL
TIB
FIB
HL
RAD
ULNA
BPD
A×T
AC
FL
CRL
BPD
OFD
HC2
TTD
AC
HL
FL
mGS
CRL
BPD
Chitkara U et al TC
TL
Data form
Reference
11.0-40.0wks
11.0-40.0wks
11.0-40.0wks
11.0-40.0wks
11.0-40.0wks
13.0-40.0wks
14.0-40.0wks
14.0-40.0wks
15.0-40.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
10.1-38.3wks
16.1-39.2wks
15.3-41.2wks
16.1-39.3wks
7.0-23.0wks
12.0-42.0wks
14.0-40.0wks
14.0-40.0wks
12.0-42.0wks
12.0-40.0wks
13.0-39.0wks
13.0-40.0wks
5-50-95% tile
(Fetal limb biometry)
Radiology 1983 ; 147 : 602
Week±day
Materials provided:
Professor Campbell's Group at Harris Birthright Centre,
King's College Hospital
5-50-95% tile
Das normale fetale Wachstumsprofilein einheitliches
Modell zur Berechnung von Normkurven für die gägigen
Kopf-und
Abdomeparameter sowie die großen Extremi
täenknochen.
Ultraschall in Med. 17(1996),153-162
HC2=2.325 × √ (BPD)2+(OFD)2
Measurement
±day
Norio Shinozuka, et al.
week±day
Jpn. J. Med. Ultrasonics Vol. 23 No. 2 (1996). <Table
2,3,4,5>
Ultrashalldiagnostick in Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie
4.6-14.1wks
6.0-13.5wks
6.6-13.5wks
16.0-40.0wks
16.0-40.0wks
Measurement
±day
Hansmann M., Hackeloer B.J. and Staudach A
Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Tokyo
1985
[English version]
Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Gynecology
Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Tokyo
1985
HC2=2.325 × √ (BPD)2+(OFD)2
Biometrie in der Fruhgraviditat (1.Trmenon)
Der Frauenarzt, 32, 4/1991
10-50-90%tile
Prenatal sonographic assessment of the fetal thorax:
Normal values
Usha Chitkara, M.D., Joanne Rosenberg, R.D.M.S.,
Frank A. Chervenak, M.D., Gertrud S. Berkowitz, Ph.D.,
Rebecca Levine, M.A., Richard M. Fagerstrom, Ph.D.,
Barbara Walker, R.D.M.S., and Richard L. Berkowitz,
M.D.
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology,
Volume 156, Number 5, May 1987, pp.1069-1987.
<Table 2>
2-81
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Author
Kurtz
Sabbagha
Range
BPD
BPD
12.0-41.6wks
16.0-37.2wks
Data form
Measurement
±day
Measurement
±day
Hill
CD
15.1-38.4wks
Measurement
±day
Goldstein
CD
15.0-39.0wks
10-50-90%tile
EES
Hellman
Robinson
Daya
Nelson
mGS
CRL
CRL
CRL
43days-67days
10-50-90%tile
6.1-13.2wks
8.1-15.0wks
Analysis of Biparietal Diameter as an Accurate Indicator
of Gestational Age
Kurtz AB, Wapner RJ, Kurtz RJ, Dershaw DD, Rubin
CS, Beuglet CC
Journal of Clinical Ultrasound 8:319-326,
August 1980
Sonar Biparietal Diameter : I. Analysis of Percentile
Growth Differences in Two Normal Populations Using
Same Methodology
Sabbagha RE, Barton FB, Barton BA
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology
126:479-484, October 1976
The Transverse Cerebellar Diameter in Estimating
Gestationa Age in the Large for Gestational Age Fetus.
Table Data : {Dating format}
Cerebellar measurements with ultrasonography in the
evaluation of fetal growth and development.
Israel Goldstein, M.D., E. Albert Reece, M.D., Gianluigi
Pilu, M.D., Luciano Bovicelli, M.D., and John C.
Hobbins, M.D.
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, May
1987, pp.1065-1069. <Table 1>
Endovaginal Ultrasonographic Measurement of Early
Embryonic ize as a Means of Assessing Gestational Age
Steven R. Goldstein, MD, Robert Wolfson, MD, PhD
J. Ultrasound Med. 13:27-31, 1994. <Figure 3>
(Growth and development of the human fetus prior to the
20th week of gestation)
5.0-12.1wks
6.2-13.6wks
Reference
Measurement
±day
American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology 1969 ; 103
: 784-800
Table Data : {Dating format}
A Critical Evaluation of Sonar "Crown-Rump Length"
Measurements
Measurement
±day
Robinson HP, Fleming JEE
British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology
82:702-710, September 1975
(Accuracy of gestational age estimation by means of
fetalcrown-rump length measurement)
Measurement
±day
American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology1993 ; 168 :
903-908 Table Data : 9 {Dating format}
Comparison of Methods for Determining Crown-Rump
Measurement by Real-Time Ultrasound
Nelson LH
Journal of Clinical Ultrasound 9:67-70, February 1981
2-82
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Author
Hohler
O’Brien
Warda
Chitty
JSUM’03
Sonek
Range
FL
FL
FL
BPD
HC
12.0-40.5wks
14.0-40.0wks
13.1-40.6wks
12.0-42.0wks
12.0-42.0wks
Data form
Measurement
±day
Week± 2SD
Reference
Fetal Femur Length : Equation for Computer Calculation
of Gestational Age from Ultrasound Measurements
Hohler CW, Quetel TA
143:479-481, June 1981
Assesment of Gestational Age in the Second Trimester
by Real-Time Ultrasound Measurement of the Femur
Length.
Measurement
±day
O’-Brien GD, Queennan JT, Campbell S
(American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology
139:540-545, Mar. 1981) Table Data :{Growth format}
Fetal Femur Length : A Critical Reevaluation of the
Relationship to Menstrual Age
3-50-97% tile
Warda AH, Deter RL, Rossavik IK, Carpenter RJ,
Hadlock FP
66(1):69-75, July 1985
Charts of fetal size:2.Head measurements
AC
12.0-42.0wks
FL
12.0-42.0wks
CRL
BPD
AC
FL
56.0-80.0
days
10.0-42.0wks
16.0-42.0wks
16.0-42.0wks
Measurement
±day
week ± SD
week ± SD
week ± SD
NBL
11.0-40.0wks
5-95%ile
2-83
Lyn S Chitty
British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology February
1994, Vol.101, pp.35-43 <Table 4,7>
Charts of fetal size:3.Abdominal measurements
Lyn S Chitty
1994, Vol.101, pp.125-131 <Table 4>
Charts of fetal size:4.Femur length
Lyn S Chitty
1994, Vol.101, pp.132-135 <Table 2>
Regarding Public Notice concerning Standardization of
Fetus Ultrasound Measurement and Japanese Standard
Value
J Med Ultrasonics Vol.28 No.5 2001
Nasal bone length throughout gestation :
normal ranges based on 3537 fetal ultrasound
measurements.
J. D. SONEK
Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 2003 ; 21 ; 152-155
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6-4-2.
FW Equations (Fetus Weight)
Author
Measurement Part
Reference
Tokyo U
BPD,APTD,
TTD,FL
Formulas for fetal weight estimation by Ultrasound measurements based on
neonatal specific gravities
Norio Shinozuka, Takashi Okai, Shiro Kohzuma, Masaaki Mukubo, ChenTing Shih, Tsugio Maeda, Yoshinori Kuwabara, and Masahiko Mizuno
Am J Obstet Gynecol :Volume157 Number5:1140-1145,November1987
Osaka U
BPD,FTA,FL
Mineo Aoki
Perinatal Care Vol.9 No.5,(407-422)
Hadlock
1:AC,FL
2:AC,HC,FL
3:BPD,AC,FL
4:HC,AC
5: BPD,HC,AC,FL
Estimation of fetal weight with the use of head,body,and femur
measurement-A prospective study
Frank P. Hadlock, R.B.Harrist, Ralph S.Sharman, Russel L Deter, and Seung
K.Park
Am J Obstet Gynecol :Volume151 Number3: 333-337, Febrary1,1985
Sonographic Estimation of Fetal weight
Frank P. Hadlock, R.B.Harrist, Robert J.Carpenter, Russel L Deter, Seung
K.Park
Radiology Volume150 Number2:535-540
Shinozuka
BPD, AC, FL
Norio Shonozuka, et al.
Jpn J Med Ultrasonics, Volume 23, Number 12, 1996, pp.877-888.
Shepard
BPD AC
An evaluation of two equations for predicting fetal weight by Ultrasound
Mary Jo Shepard, Virginia A.Richards, PHIL, Richard L. Berkowitz.,Steven
L. Warsof,John C.Hobbins
Am J Obstet Gynecol :Volume142 Number1:47-54,January1,1982
Hansmann
BPD,TTD
Ultrashalldiagnostick in Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie
Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Tokyo 1985
Warsof
BPD,AC
The estimation of fetal weight by computer-assisted analysys
Steven L.Warsof, Parviz Gohari,.,Richard L. Berkowitz, John C.Hobbins
Am J Obstet Gynecol :Volume128 Number8:881-892-,August15,1977
Campbell
AC
Ultrasonic measurement of fetal abdominal circumference in estimation of
fetal weight.
Campbell S,.,Wilkin D,
Am J Obstet Gynecol :82:689,1975
JSUM’03
BPD, AC, FL
Regarding Public Notice concerning Standardization of Fetus Ultrasound
Measurement and Japanese Standard Value
2-84
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6-4-3.
FW Growth tables (Normal Range)
wks: weeks (**.*wks = **w*d)
Author
Brenner
Range
21.0-44.0wks
Data form
10-50-90% tile
Osaka U
16.0-40.0wks
± 1, 1.5, 2SD
Hadlock
10.0-40.0wks
10-50-90%tile
Shinozuka
Yarkoni
(Twins)
18.0-41.0wks
16.0-38.0wks
± 1.5SD
5-50-95%tile
Reference
A Standard of Fetal Growth for the United States of America
Brenner WE, Edelman DA, Hendricks CH
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 126:555-564,
November 1976
Mineo Aoki
Perinatal Care Vol.9 No.5,(407-422)
In Utero Analysis of Fetal Growth : A Sonographic Weight
standard.
Hadlock FP, Harrist RB, Martinez-Poyer J
Radiology 181:129-133,1991
Norio Shinozuka, et al.
Jpn J Med Ultrasonics, Volume 23, Number 12, 1996, pp.877-888.
<Table 1>
Estimated Fetal Weight in the Evaluation of Growth in Twin
Gestations: A Prospective Longitudinal Study
Shaul Yarkoni, MD, E. Albert Reece, MD, Theodore Holford,
PhD, Theresa Z. O'Connor, MPH, AndJohn C. Hobbins, MD.
Doubilet
10.0-43wks
10-90% tile
JSUM’03
18.0-41.0wks
± 1.5SD
Obstetrics & Gynecology, Volume 69, Number 4, April 1987,
pp.636-639. <Table 1>
Improved Birth Weight Table for Neonates Developed from
Gestations
Dated by Early Ultrasonographty:
Doubilet PM et al;
J Ultrasound Med 16;241-249,1997
Regarding Public Notice concerning Standardization of Fetus
Ultrasound Measurement and Japanese Standard Value
2-85
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6-4-4.
Interval Growth Rate Table
Author
Levon N
Measurement
Part
17.0-36.0wks
BPD
Average AD
Interval of
FL
4weeks
AC
6weeks
8weeks
10weeks
Data form
10-50-90%tile
Reference
Normal Interval Fetal Growth Rates Based on
Obstetrical Ultrasonographic Measurements
Levon N.Nazarian,MD, Ethan J.Halpern,MD,
Alfred B.Kurtz,MD, Walter W. Hauck,PhD,
Laurence Needleman,MD
J Ultrasound Med 14:829-836,1995
2-6-4-5.
Fetal Ratio tables by Gestational Age
Ratio
CI
(BPDo/
OFDo)
Author
Hadlock
Range
14.0-40.0wks
Data form
± 2SD
FL/BPD
Hohler
23.0-40.0wks 10-90%tile
FL/AC
Hadlock
21.0-42.0wks
HC/AC
Campbell
13.0-42.0wks 5-95%tile
LVW/HW
P&J
15.0-38.0wks
± 2SD
± 2SD
Reference
Estimated Fetal Age : Effect of Head Shape on BPD
Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Carpenter RJ, Park SK
American Journal of Roentgenology 137:83-85, July
1981
Comparison of Ultrasound Femur Length and Biparietal
Diameter in Late Pregnancy
Hohler CW, Quetel TA
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 141:759762, December 1981
A Date-Independent Predictor of Intrauterine Growth
Retardation :
Femur Length/Abdominal Circumference Ratio
Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Roecker E, Park SK
American Journal of Roentgenology 141:979-984,
November 1983
Ultrasound Measurements of the Fetal Head to
Abdominal Circumference Ratio in the Assessment of
Growth Retardation
Campbell S, Thoms A
British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology 84:165-174,
March 1977
Fetal Lateral Ventricular Ratio Determination During the
Second Trimester
Dolores H Pretorius, Julia A Drose,Michael L.MancoJohnson.
J Ultrasound Med 5: 121-124, March 1986
Evaluation of Fetal Intracranial Anatomy by Static and
Real-Time Ultrasound
Michael L. Johnson, Morgan G . Dunne, Lawrence A
Mack, Carop L. Rashbaum
J Clin Ultrasound 8 : 311-318, August 1980
2-86
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Ratio
FL/HC
Author
Hadlock
Range
15.0-42.0wks
Data form
± 2SD
Reference
The Femur Length/Head Circumference Relation in
Obstetric Sonography
Frank P. Hadlock, MD, Ronald B. Harrist, PhD, Yogesh
Shah, MD, Seung K. Park, MD.
Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine, Volume 3, October
1984, pp.439-442. <Table 1>
2-6-4-6.
AFI tables by Gestational Age
AFI(mm)
AFI(cm)
AFI(cm)
Author
Moore et al.
Phelan et al.
Jeng et al.
Range
16.0-42.0wks
36.0-42.0wks
13.0-42.0wks
Data form
5-95%tile
Lower-Upper
± 1SD
Reference
The amniotic fluid index in normal human pregnancy
Thomas R. Moore, MD, and Jonathan E. Cayle, MD
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology,
Volume 162, Number 5, May 1990, pp.1168-1173.
<Table 6>
Amniotic Fluid Volume Assessment with the FourQuadrant Technique at 36-42 Weeks' Gestation
Jeffrey P. Phelan, M.D., Carl Vernon Smith, M.D.,
Paula Broussard, R.N., Mary Small, M.D.
The Journal of Reproductive Medicine, Volume 32,
Number 7, July 1987, pp.540-542. <Table 1>
Amniotic Fluid Index Measurement with the FourQuadrant Technique During Pregnancy
Cherng-Jye Jeng, M.D., Tian-Jii Jou, M.D., Kuo-Gon
Wang, M.D., Yuh-Cheng Yang, M.D., Yi-Nan Lee,
M.D., Chung-Chi Lan, M.D.
The Journal of Reproductive Medicine, Volume 35,
Number 7, July 1990, pp.674-677. <Table 1>
2-6-4-7.
RI-MCA
RI-UmA
PI-MCA
PI-UmA
RI-MCA
RI-UmA
PI-MCA
PI-UmA
RI ,PI tables by Gestational Age
Author
Shinozuka
JSUM’03
Range
21.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
21.0-41.0wks
13.0-41.0wks
20.0-41.0wks
20.0-41.0wks
20.0-41.0wks
20.0-41.0wks
Data form
10-90%ile
10-90%ile,
10-95%ile
Reference
Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology
( N. Shinozuka's Home Page )
Norio Shinozuka
http://www.shinozuka.com/
Regarding Public Notice concerning Standardization
of Fetus Ultrasound Measurement and Japanese
Standard Value
2-87
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6-4-8.
BPP Scoring
(1)
Frank A.Manning, et al.:
Antepartum fetal evaluation:Development of a fetal biophysical profile score
Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1980 Mar 15;136(6):787-95.
(2)
Antony M.Vintzileos,et.al.:
The fetal biophysical profile and its predictive value.
Obstetrics and Gynecology62:271 - 278,1983
2-6-4-9.
B, M mode
(1)
CTR
D Paladini, S K Chita, L D.:
Prenatal measurement of cardiothoracic ratio in evaluation of heart disease
Archives of Disease in Childhood , 1990; 65; 20 - 23
(2)
CTAR
Yoshihide Chiba et al:
Quantitative Analysis of Cardiac Function in Non-Immunological Hydrops fetalis
Fetal Diagn Ther 1990; 5: 175 - 188
(3)
AFV, AF Pocket
Manning FA et.al:
Quantitative amniotic fluid volume determination by ultrasound:Antepartum detection of intrauterine
growth retardation.
Am J Obstet Gynec 139: 254 - 259,1981
(4)
Cervix
Andersen HF, Nugent CE, Wanty SD, Hayashi RH. :
Prediction of risk for preterm delivery by ultrasonographic measurement of cervical length.
Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1990 Sep;163(3):859 - 67
(5)
Fetal Heart Rate
CALLEN:
Ultrasonography in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4th Edition
SAUNDESS p132 SBN0-7216-8132-8
(6)
LV Function (EF,FS), LVOT,RVOT
Y. Chiba
ISBN4-7653-0572-4 C3047 P9800E
2-88
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-6-4-10. Dop mode
(1)
Fetal Doppler Recomenndation
Kleinman, Huhta, and Silverman
Doppler echocardiography in the human fetus
Jounal of the American Society of Echocardiography
Volume1:Number4, July-August 1988 :287-290
(2)
Uterine Artery, Umbilical artery, MCA, Descending Aorta,Renal Artery :PI,RI,S/D
Dopplersonographic in der Geburtshife
H.Fendel & Ch.Sohn MEDICAL VIEWI
SBN4-89553-288-7 C3047 P6180
Uterine Artery
(PI,S/D)
McCowan et.al:
Uterine artery flow velocity waveforms in normal and growth-retarded pregnancies
Am J Obstet Gynecol Volume158 Number 3, Part1:, March1988:499-504
(RI)
S.Bewley et al.:
Uteroplacental Doppler flow velocity waveforms in the secondtrimester.
A complex circulation
September1989,Vol.96,pp1040-1046
(3)
S.Campbell et.al:
New Doppler Technique for Assessing uteroplacental Blood Flow
THE LANCET,MARCH 26,1983 ,p673-677
(S/D)
B.J.Trudinger et al.:
Uteroplacental blood flow velocity-time waveform in normal and complicated pregnancy
January 1985 ,Vol.92,pp39-45
Trudinger,Giles,and Cook:
Flow velocity waveforms in the maternal uteroplacental and umbilical placental circulations
Am J Obstet Gynecol Volume152 Number2,:May15,1983:155-163
2-89
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(4)
Umbilical artery
( PI,RI(=Pourcelot ratio ), S/D (=A/B))
R.S.Thompson et.al.
Doppler ultrasound waveform indices:A/B Ratio ,pulsatility index and Pourcelot ratio
June1988,Vol.95,pp581-588
R.S.Thompson et.al.:
Umbilical artery velocity waveforms:normal reference values for A/B ratio and Pourcelot Ratio
June1988,Vol.95,pp589-591
(S/D =A/B)
B.J.Trudinger et.al.:
Fetal umbilical artery flow velocity waveforms and placental resistance :
clinical significance
January 1985,Vol.92,pp23-30
W.B.Giles et.al.:
Fetal umbilical artery flow velocity waveforms and placental resistance :
Pathological Correction
January 1985,Vol.92,pp31-38
Schulman et.al.:
Umbilical velocity wave ratios in human pregnancy
Am.J. Obstet. Gynecol.
April 1 19984,Volume148 Number7 ,985-990
Trudinger,Giles,and Cook:
Flow velocity waveforms in the maternal uteroplacental and umbilical placental circulations
Am J Obstet Gynecol Volume152 Number2,:May15,1983:155-163
(PI)
R.L.A. ERSKINE and J.W.K. RITCHIE:
Umbilical Artery Blood Flow Characteristics in Normal and Growth-Retarded Fetuses
Vol.92 p605,1985
2-90
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(5)
MCA
(PI)
S.Vyas et.al.:
Middle cerebral artery flow velocity waveforms in fetal hypoxaemia
September 1990, Vol.97,pp797-803
(S/D)
Woo et. al.:
Middle Cerebral Artery Doppler Flow Velocity Waveforms
Obstetrics & Gynecology VOL.70,NO.4,OCTOBER 1987:613-616
(6)
Renal artery ,PI
Vyas, Nicolaides,and Campbell:
Renal artery flow-velocity waveforms in normal and hypoxemic fetuses
Am J Obstet Gynecol Volume161 Number 1, July 1989168-172
(7)
PL I(Pre Load Index)
Toru Kanzaki, Yoshihide Chiba :
Evaluation of the Preload Condition of the Fetus by Inferior Vena Caval Blood Flow Pattern
Fetal Diagn Ther 1990; 5: 168-174
2-91
(age of fetus in weeks)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.00
1.60
2.20
2.70
3.40
4.10
4.80
5.70
6.70
Gestational week
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
BPD
(cm)
2.00
2.40
2.76
3.10
3.38
3.72
4.05
4.39
4.71
5.04
5.35
5.67
5.97
6.27
6.56
(Tokyo University method)
Table No. 3 BPD
Gestational week
GS
(cm)
Table No. 1 GS
GA Table
2-92
13
12
11
11
10
10
10
10
9
8
8
7
7
7
7
±day
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
8
7
±day
9.47
9.36
9.23
9.08
8.92
8.74
8.55
8.34
8.12
7.88
7.64
7.38
7.12
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
(cm)
6.84
Gestational week
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
BPD
8.80
7.10
5.70
4.60
3.70
2.90
2.10
8
(cm)
1.40
Gestational week
CRL
Table No. 2 CRL
25
25
25
25
25
25
20
18
16
16
15
14
13
13
±day
14
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
±day
2-6-5. Data in the fetal growth table inside the system
FL
7.04
6.93
6.82
6.68
6.53
6.37
6.19
6.01
5.82
5.61
5.41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
28
29
4.98
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
Gestational week
5.19
4.76
4.54
4.31
4.09
3.87
3.65
3.44
3.23
(cm)
Table No. 4 FL
64
60
57
54
50
46
42
38
35
32
30
28
25
25
25
24
22
21
19
18
17
±day
LV
8.47
8.27
8.08
7.89
7.70
7.51
7.32
7.13
6.93
6.72
6.51
6.30
6.06
5.82
5.57
5.30
5.01
4.71
4.39
4.05
(cm)
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
Gestational week
Table No. 5 LV
48
46
44
42
40
38
35
34
31
28
25
24
21
19
17
14
12
11
9
7
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
×T
cm2
12.18
14.02
16.04
18.22
20.57
23.09
25.77
28.61
31.61
34.75
38.03
41.43
44.96
48.59
52.32
56.12
59.99
63.91
67.86
71.82
75.78
79.71
83.59
87.39
91.10
94.69
wk
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Table No. 6 A
2-93
20
19
19
18
18
17
17
16
15
15
14
13
12
12
11
11
10
10
9
9
9
8
8
8
8
8
±day
6.49
5.30
4.12
3.00
2.04
1.30
0.87
(cm)
CRL
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
Gestational week
0.79
0.69
0.58
0.48
0.37
0.26
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
8.80
8.96
9.10
9.21
9.30
9.36
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
Gestational week
0.39
0.39
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.36
0.36
0.35
0.35
0.34
0.34
0.33
0.32
0.32
0.31
0.30
0.29
0.29
0.28
0.27
0.26
0.25
0.24
0.23
0.22
0.21
0.20
0.19
± 1SD
(Osaka University method)
8.62
8.43
8.21
7.98
7.74
7.49
7.23
6.95
6.67
6.39
6.09
5.79
5.48
5.17
4.85
4.53
4.20
3.86
3.52
3.18
2.82
2.46
2.09
1.72
1.33
(cm)
(cm)
0.16
BPD
Table No. 8 BPD
± 1SD
Table No. 7 CRL
86.60
83.50
80.20
76.80
73.20
69.50
65.80
62.10
58.30
54.50
50.80
47.10
43.40
39.90
36.50
33.10
29.90
26.80
23.80
21.00
18.40
15.80
13.50
11.30
9.20
7.30
5.60
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
Gestational week
10.4
9.9
9.4
8.9
8.4
8.0
7.5
7.1
6.7
6.2
5.8
5.4
5.1
4.7
4.4
4.0
3.7
3.4
3.1
2.8
2.5
2.3
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
(cm2)
± 1SD
(cm2)
FTA
Table No. 9 FTA
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Table No. 10 FL
± 1SD
FL
Gestational week
(cm)
(cm)
0.94
13
0.21
1.26
14
0.22
1.57
15
0.22
1.88
16
0.22
2.18
17
0.23
2.47
18
0.23
2.75
19
0.24
3.03
20
0.24
3.30
21
0.24
3.57
22
0.25
3.83
23
0.25
4.08
24
0.25
4.32
25
0.26
4.56
26
0.26
4.78
27
0.27
5.01
28
0.27
5.22
29
0.27
5.43
30
0.28
5.63
31
0.28
5.82
32
0.29
6.01
33
0.29
6.19
34
0.29
6.36
35
0.30
6.53
36
0.30
6.69
37
0.31
6.84
38
0.31
6.98
39
0.31
7.12
40
032
Table No. 11 HL
HL
Gestational week
± 1SD
(cm)
(cm)
1.01
13
0.20
1.31
14
0.21
1.59
15
0.21
1.87
16
0.21
2.15
17
0.22
2.41
18
0.22
2.67
19
0.22
2.91
20
0.23
3.15
21
0.23
3.38
22
0.23
3.61
23
0.24
3.82
24
0.24
4.03
25
0.24
4.23
26
0.25
4.42
27
0.25
4.60
28
0.25
4.78
29
0.26
4.94
30
0.26
5.10
31
0.26
5.25
32
0.27
5.39
33
0.27
5.53
34
0.27
5.65
35
0.28
5.77
36
0.28
5.88
37
0.28
5.98
38
0.29
6.08
39
0.29
6.16
40
0.29
BPD
(cm)
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
12w1d
12w4d
12w6d
13w1d
13w2d
13w4d
13w6d
14w1d
14w4d
14w5d
15w0d
15w2d
15w4d
15w6d
16w1d
16w4d
16w6d
17w1d
17w3d
17w5d
18w0d
18w2d
18w4d
18w6d
19w1d
19w4d
19w6d
20w1d
20w4d
20w6d
21w1d
21w4d
21w6d
22w1d
22w4d
22w6d
23w1d
23w4d
23w6d
24w1d
24w4d
Gestational week
Table No. 12 BPD
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
9
±day
(Hadlock)
BPD
(cm)
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
7.00
7.10
7.20
7.30
7.40
7.50
7.60
7.70
7.80
7.90
8.00
8.10
8.20
8.30
8.40
8.50
8.60
8.70
8.80
8.90
9.00
9.10
9.20
9.30
9.40
9.50
9.60
9.70
9.80
9.90
10.00
25w0d
25w2d
25w5d
26w1d
26w3d
26w6d
27w1d
27w4d
28w0d
28w2d
28w5d
29w1d
29w4d
29w6d
30w3d
30w6d
31w1d
31w4d
32w0d
32w4d
32w6d
33w2d
33w6d
34w1d
34w5d
35w1d
35w4d
36w1d
36w4d
37w0d
37w4d
38w0d
38w4d
38w6d
39w3d
39w6d
40w4d
41w0d
41w4d
42w0d
Gestational week
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-94
Gestational week
13w3d
13w5d
14w0d
14w2d
14w4d
15w0d
15w2d
15w4d
15w6d
16w2d
16w4d
17w0d
17w2d
17w5d
18w1d
18w3d
18w6d
19w1d
19w4d
20w0d
20w3d
20w6d
21w1d
21w4d
22w1d
22w4d
23w0d
23w3d
23w6d
24w3d
24w6d
HC
(cm)
8.00
8.50
9.00
9.50
10.00
10.50
11.00
11.50
12.00
12.50
13.00
13.50
14.00
14.50
15.00
15.50
16.00
16.50
17.00
17.50
18.00
18.50
19.00
19.50
20.00
20.50
21.00
21.50
22.00
22.50
23.00
Table No. 13 HC
2-95
16
16
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
±day
(Hadlock)
36.00
35.50
35.00
34.50
34.00
33.50
33.00
32.50
32.00
31.50
31.00
30.50
30.00
29.50
29.00
28.50
28.00
27.50
27.00
26.50
26.00
25.50
25.00
24.50
24.00
41w4d
40w6d
40w0d
39w1d
38w4d
37w5d
37w0d
36w2d
35w4d
34w6d
34w1d
33w4d
32w6d
32w1d
31w4d
31w0d
30w2d
29w6d
29w1d
28w1d
28w0d
27w4d
26w6d
26w3d
25w6d
25w3d
(cm)
23.50
Gestational week
HC
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
±day
25.00
24.50
24.00
23.50
23.00
22.50
22.00
21.50
21.00
20.50
20.00
19.50
19.00
18.50
18.00
17.50
17.00
16.50
16.00
15.50
15.00
14.50
14.00
13.50
13.00
12.50
12.00
11.50
11.00
10.50
10.00
(cm)
AC
29w1d
28w5d
28w1d
27w5d
27w2d
26w6d
26w2d
25w6d
25w3d
24w6d
24w4d
24w0d
23w4d
23w1d
22w4d
22w1d
21w5d
21w2d
20w6d
20w3d
20w0d
19w4d
19w1d
18w4d
18w1d
17w6d
17w2d
16w6d
16w4d
16w1d
15w4d
Gestational week
Table No. 14 AC
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
13
13
13
13
13
13
±day
(Hadlock)
AC
36.50
36.00
35.50
35.00
34.50
34.00
33.50
33.00
32.50
32.00
31.50
31.00
30.50
30.00
29.50
29.00
28.50
28.00
27.50
27.00
26.50
26.00
25.50
(cm)
40w6d
40w1d
39w5d
39w1d
38w5d
38w1d
37w4d
37w1d
36w4d
36w1d
35w4d
35w1d
34w4d
34w1d
33w4d
33w1d
32w4d
32w1d
31w4d
31w1d
30w4d
30w1d
29w5d
Gestational week
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
15
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
FL
(cm)
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
12w6d
13w1d
13w3d
13w4d
13w6d
14w1d
14w4d
14w6d
15w1d
15w3d
15w5d
16w0d
16w2d
16w4d
16w6d
17w1d
17w4d
17w6d
18w1d
18w4d
18w6d
19w1d
19w4d
19w6d
20w2d
20w5d
21w0d
21w3d
21w6d
22w1d
22w4d
22w6d
23w2d
23w5d
24w1d
Gestational week
Table No. 15 FL
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
22
22
22
±day
(Hadlock)
FL
(cm)
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
7.00
7.10
7.20
7.30
7.40
7.50
7.60
7.70
7.80
7.90
24w4d
24w6d
25w2d
25w5d
26w1d
26w4d
27w0d
27w3d
27w6d
28w1d
28w5d
29w1d
29w4d
30w0d
30w4d
30w6d
31w3d
31w6d
32w2d
32w6d
33w2d
33w6d
34w1d
34w5d
35w1d
35w5d
36w1d
36w5d
37w1d
37w5d
38w2d
38w6d
39w2d
39w6d
40w3d
Gestational week
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
±day
2-96
(Hadlock)
Gestational week
CRL
(cm)
5w5d
6.6
6w1d
6.8
6w3d
7.0
6w5d
7.2
7w0d
7.4
7w3d
7.6
7w5d
7.8
8w0d
8.0
8w2d
8.2
8w4d
8.4
8w6d
8.6
9w1d
8.8
9w3d
9.0
9w4d
9.2
9w6d
9.4
10w1d
9.6
10w2d
9.8
10w3d
10.0
10w5d
10.2
10w6d
10.4
11w0d
10.6
11w2d
10.8
11w3d
11.0
11w4d
11.2
11w5d
11.4
11w6d
11.6
12w0d
11.8
12w1d
12.0
12w2d
12w3d
12w4d
12w5d
[Remark]
It is already setup at 0.1cm step.
CRL
(cm)
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.8
4.0
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.8
5.0
5.2
5.4
5.6
5.8
6.0
6.2
6.4
Table No. 16 CRL
12w6d
13w0d
13w1d
13w3d
13w4d
13w5d
13w6d
14w0d
14w1d
14w2d
14w4d
14w5d
14w6d
15w0d
15w2d
15w3d
15w5d
15w6d
16w0d
16w2d
16w3d
16w5d
16w6d
17w1d
17w2d
17w4d
17w5d
17w6d
Gestational week
MN1-1175 Rev.9
11.70
13.00
14.20
15.50
16.70
17.80
18.90
20.10
21.10
22.20
23.20
24.10
25.10
25.90
26.80
27.60
28.40
29.00
29.70
30.40
30.90
31.40
31.90
32.20
32.60
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
15
16
9.10
10.40
14
10%
—
2-97
34.60
34.20
33.80
33.30
32.80
32.20
31.50
30.80
30.10
29.30
28.40
27.50
26.60
25.60
24.60
23.50
22.40
21.30
20.10
18.90
17.70
16.40
15.10
13.80
12.40
11.00
9.70
50%
—
90%
10.30
36.60
36.20
35.80
35.20
34.70
34.10
33.30
32.60
31.80
31.00
30.00
29.10
28.10
27.10
26.00
24.90
23.70
22.50
21.30
20.00
18.70
17.40
16.00
14.60
13.10
11.60
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
(week)
32.40
31.60
30.80
30.00
29.20
28.30
27.50
26.70
25.80
24.90
23.90
23.00
22.00
21.10
20.10
19.10
18.10
17.00
16.00
14.90
13.80
12.60
11.50
10.30
9.10
7.90
6.70
10%
—
35.30
34.40
33.60
32.70
31.80
30.90
30.00
29.10
28.10
27.10
26.10
25.10
24.00
23.00
21.90
20.80
19.70
18.50
17.40
16.20
15.00
13.70
12.50
11.20
9.90
8.60
7.30
50%
10-90% Data form
10-90% Data form
(week)
(Had-90%)
Table No. 18 AC
(Had-90%)
Table No. 17 HC
—
38.20
37.30
36.40
35.40
34.40
33.50
32.50
31.50
30.40
29.40
28.30
27.20
26.00
24.90
23.70
22.50
21.30
20.00
18.80
17.60
16.30
14.80
13.50
12.10
10.70
9.30
7.90
90%
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
(week)
(Had-90%)
7.00
6.80
6.70
6.60
6.40
6.20
6.00
5.80
5.60
5.50
5.30
5.10
4.90
4.60
4.50
4.20
4.00
3.70
3.50
3.20
3.00
2.70
2.50
2.20
1.80
1.60
1.30
10%
—
7.70
7.50
7.40
7.20
7.00
6.80
6.60
6.40
6.20
6.00
5.80
5.60
5.40
5.10
4.90
4.60
4.40
4.10
3.80
3.50
3.30
3.00
2.70
2.40
2.00
1.70
1.40
50%
10-90% Data form
Table No. 19 FL
—
8.40
8.20
8.10
7.90
7.60
7.40
7.20
7.00
6.80
6.50
6.30
6.10
5.90
5.60
5.30
5.00
4.80
4.50
4.10
3.80
3.60
3.30
2.90
2.60
2.20
1.90
1.50
90%
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(cm)
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
12w1d
12w2d
12w4d
12w5d
13w0d
13w1d
13w3d
13w4d
13w6d
14w0d
14w2d
14w4d
14w5d
15w0d
15w2d
15w3d
15w5d
16w0d
16w2d
16w4d
16w5d
17w0d
17w2d
17w4d
17w6d
18w1d
18w3d
18w5d
19w0d
19w2d
19w4d
19w6d
20w1d
Gestational week
±day
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
(cm)
4.8
4.9
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
8.0
Table No. 20 BPD: Biparietal diameter
20w4d
20w6d
21w1d
21w3d
21w5d
22w1d
22w3d
22w5d
23w1d
23w3d
23w5d
24w1d
24w3d
24w6d
25w1d
25w4d
25w6d
26w2d
26w4d
27w0d
27w3d
27w5d
28w1d
28w4d
28w6d
29w2d
29w5d
30w1d
30w3d
30w6d
31w2d
31w5d
32w1d
(Hadlock-84)
Gestational week
±day
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
22
22
22
22
22
22
(cm)
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
9.0
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
10.0
10.1
10.2
32w4d
33w0d
33w3d
33w6d
34w2d
34w5d
35w1d
35w4d
36w0d
36w3d
36w6d
37w3d
37w6d
38w2d
38w5d
39w1d
39w5d
40w1d
40w4d
41w1d
41w4d
42w1d
Gestational week
±day
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
2-98
12w0d
12w2d
12w4d
12w6d
13w1d
13w3d
13w5d
14w0d
14w2d
14w5d
15w0d
15w2d
15w4d
16w0d
16w2d
16w4d
17w0d
17w2d
17w5d
18w1d
18w3d
18w6d
19w2d
19w4d
20w0d
20w3d
20w6d
21w2d
21w5d
22w1d
22w4d
23w1d
±day
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
(cm)
21.5
22.0
22.5
23.0
23.5
24.0
24.5
25.0
25.5
26.0
26.5
27.0
27.5
28.0
28.5
29.0
29.5
30.0
30.5
31.0
31.5
32.0
32.5
33.0
33.5
34.0
34.5
35.0
35.5
(Hadlock-84)
[Remark]
(cm)
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
15.5
16.0
16.5
17.0
17.5
18.0
18.5
19.0
19.5
20.0
20.5
21.0
Gestational week
Table No. 21 HC
23w4d
24w0d
24w4d
25w0d
25w4d
26w0d
26w4d
27w1d
27w5d
28w2d
28w6d
29w3d
30w0d
30w5d
31w2d
32w0d
34w4d
33w2d
34w0d
34w4d
35w2d
36w0d
36w6d
37w4d
38w2d
39w1d
39w6d
40w5d
41w4d
Gestational week
±day
10
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(cm)
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
15.5
16.0
16.5
17.0
17.5
18.0
18.5
19.0
19.5
20.0
20.5
21.0
12w0d
12w3d
12w6d
13w1d
13w4d
14w0d
14w3d
14w6d
15w1d
15w4d
16w0d
16w3d
16w6d
17w2d
17w5d
18w1d
18w4d
19w0d
19w3d
19w6d
20w2d
20w5d
21w1d
21w4d
22w0d
22w3d
22w6d
23w2d
23w5d
24w1d
24w4d
25w1d
25w4d
Gestational week
Table No. 22 AC
±day
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
(cm)
21.5
22.0
22.5
23.0
23.5
24.0
24.5
25.0
25.5
26.0
26.5
27.0
27.5
28.0
28.5
29.0
29.5
30.0
30.5
31.0
31.5
32.0
32.5
33.0
33.5
34.0
34.5
35.0
35.5
36.0
36.5
37.0
37.5
38.0
(Hadlock-84-84)
26w0d
26w3d
26w6d
27w3d
27w6d
28w2d
28w5d
29w2d
29w5d
30w1d
30w4d
31w1d
31w4d
32w0d
32w4d
33w0d
33w3d
34w0d
34w3d
35w0d
35w3d
35w6d
36w3d
36w6d
37w3d
37w6d
38w3d
38w6d
39w3d
39w6d
40w3d
41w0d
41w3d
42w0d
Gestational week
±day
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
(cm)
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
12w1d
12w3d
12w5d
13w0d
13w2d
13w4d
13w6d
14w1d
14w3d
14w5d
15w0d
15w2d
15w4d
16w0d
16w2d
16w4d
16w6d
17w2d
17w4d
17w6d
18w2d
18w4d
18w6d
19w2d
19w4d
20w0d
20w2d
20w5d
21w0d
21w3d
21w5d
22w1d
Gestational week
Table No. 23 FL
±day
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
2-99
22w4d
22w6d
23w2d
23w5d
24w0d
24w3d
24w6d
25w2d
25w5d
26w1d
26w3d
26w6d
27w2d
27w5d
28w1d
28w4d
29w0d
29w3d
29w6d
30w2d
30w5d
31w2d
31w5d
32w1d
32w4d
33w0d
33w4d
34w0d
34w3d
35w0d
35w3d
35w6d
±day
13
13
13
13
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
[Remark]
(cm)
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
7.0
(Hadlock--84)
Gestational week
(cm)
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9
8.0
8.1
8.2
36w3d
36w6d
37w3d
37w6d
38w3d
38w6d
39w3d
39w6d
40w3d
40w6d
41w3d
42w0d
Gestational week
±day
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
MN1-1175 Rev.9
FL
(cm)
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
12w4d
12w6d
13w2d
13w4d
13w6d
14w1d
14w4d
14w6d
15w1d
15w4d
15w6d
16w2d
16w4d
16w6d
17w2d
17w4d
18w0d
18w2d
18w5d
19w0d
19w3d
19w6d
20w1d
20w4d
20w6d
21w1d
21w4d
22w0d
22w3d
22w5d
23w1d
23w4d
23w6d
24w2d
24w5d
25w0d
Gestational week
Table No. 24 FL
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
15
16
15
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
15
16
15
16
16
16
16
15
15
±day
(Jeanty)
FL
(cm)
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
7.00
7.10
7.20
7.30
7.40
7.50
7.60
7.70
7.80
7.90
8.00
25w3d
25w6d
26w1d
26w4d
27w0d
27w3d
27w6d
28w1d
28w4d
29w1d
29w4d
29w6d
30w2d
30w5d
31w1d
31w4d
32w0d
32w3d
32w6d
33w2d
33w5d
34w1d
34w4d
35w0d
35w4d
35w6d
36w3d
36w6d
37w2d
37w5d
38w1d
38w4d
39w1d
39w4d
40w0d
Gestational week
16
16
16
16
15
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
15
16
16
15
16
16
16
15
16
16
15
16
16
16
16
16
15
16
16
16
16
15
±day
HL
(cm)
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
12w4d
12w6d
13w1d
13w4d
13w6d
14w1d
14w4d
14w6d
15w1d
15w4d
15w6d
16w2d
16w5d
17w1d
17w3d
17w6d
18w1d
18w4d
19w0d
19w3d
19w6d
20w2d
20w5d
21w1d
21w4d
22w0d
22w4d
22w6d
23w3d
23w6d
24w2d
Gestational week
Table No. 25 HL
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
19
19
19
20
20
19
19
19
20
19
19
20
19
20
20
19
20
±day
(Jeanty)
HL
(cm)
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
24w6d
25w2d
25w5d
26w1d
26w5d
27w1d
27w5d
28w1d
28w6d
29w2d
29w6d
30w2d
30w6d
31w3d
32w0d
32w4d
33w1d
33w4d
34w1d
34w6d
35w2d
35w6d
36w4d
37w1d
37w5d
38w2d
38w6d
39w4d
40w1d
Gestational week
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
20
19
19
20
19
19
20
19
20
20
19
20
20
20
19
19
20
20
20
19
19
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-100
TIB
(cm)
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
13w3d
13w5d
14w1d
14w3d
14w6d
15w1d
15w4d
15w6d
16w1d
16w4d
17w0d
17w3d
17w6d
18w1d
18w4d
18w6d
19w2d
19w5d
20w1d
20w4d
21w0d
21w3d
21w6d
22w1d
22w4d
23w1d
23w4d
23w6d
24w3d
24w6d
25w2d
Gestational week
Table No. 26 TIB
20
20
21
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
20
20
21
21
21
21
20
20
21
21
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
20
21
20
±day
(Jeanty)
TIB
(cm)
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
25w5d
26w1d
26w4d
27w1d
27w4d
28w0d
28w4d
29w0d
29w3d
29w6d
30w3d
30w6d
31w3d
31w6d
32w3d
32w6d
33w3d
33w6d
34w3d
34w6d
35w3d
35w6d
36w4d
37w0d
37w4d
38w0d
38w4d
39w1d
39w5d
Gestational week
20
21
21
21
21
20
21
20
20
21
20
21
20
21
20
21
20
21
20
21
20
21
21
20
21
21
21
21
20
±day
ULNA
(cm)
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
13w1d
13w4d
13w6d
14w1d
14w4d
15w0d
15w3d
15w5d
16w1d
16w4d
16w6d
17w2d
17w5d
18w1d
18w4d
19w0d
19w3d
19w6d
20w2d
20w6d
21w1d
21w5d
22w1d
22w5d
23w1d
23w4d
24w1d
24w4d
25w1d
25w4d
26w1d
26w5d
27w1d
27w5d
Gestational week
Table No. 27 ULNA
21
21
21
22
22
22
22
22
21
21
22
22
22
21
21
22
22
21
22
22
22
22
21
22
21
22
21
22
21
22
21
22
22
22
±day
(Jeanty)
ULNA
(cm)
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
28w2d
28w6d
29w3d
29w6d
30w4d
31w1d
31w4d
32w1d
32w6d
33w3d
34w0d
34w4d
35w1d
35w6d
36w3d
37w1d
37w5d
38w2d
39w0d
39w4d
40w2d
Gestational week
22
21
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
21
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-101
BD
(cm)
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
10w3d
11w0d
11w4d
12w1d
12w6d
13w3d
14w0d
14w4d
15w1d
15w6d
16w3d
17w0d
17w4d
18w1d
18w6d
19w3d
20w0d
20w4d
21w1d
21w5d
22w2d
22w6d
23w4d
24w1d
24w5d
25w2d
25w6d
26w4d
27w1d
27w5d
28w2d
28w6d
29w4d
30w1d
30w5d
31w2d
Gestational week
Table No. 28 BD
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
23
23
24
23
24
24
±day
(Jeanty)
BD
(cm)
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
31w6d
32w4d
33w0d
33w4d
34w1d
34w6d
35w3d
36w0d
36w4d
37w1d
37w6d
38w3d
39w0d
39w4d
40w1d
Gestational week
23
24
24
24
24
23
23
23
23
24
23
23
23
23
24
±day
FL
(week)
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
5%
--0.60
0.50
1.10
1.30
2.00
1.90
2.30
2.20
2.70
2.90
3.50
3.40
3.80
3.90
4.50
4.50
4.90
4.90
5.30
5.30
5.60
5.70
6.10
6.10
6.40
6.20
6.40
6.60
Table No. 29 FL
(Jea-95%)
95% Data form
—
50%
— 95% cm
0.60
-0.90
-1.20
1.90
1.50
1.90
1.90
2.60
2.20
2.40
2.50
2.90
2.80
3.10
3.10
3.80
3.30
3.90
3.60
4.50
3.90
4.40
4.10
4.80
4.40
4.90
4.60
5.40
4.90
5.30
5.10
5.70
5.30
5.70
5.60
6.20
5.80
6.20
6.00
6.70
6.20
6.70
6.40
7.10
6.50
7.00
6.70
7.30
6.90
7.40
7.10
7.70
7.20
7.90
7.40
8.30
7.50
8.10
HL
(week)
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
5%
-0.30
0.50
0.50
1.10
1.20
1.90
1.80
2.20
2.30
2.80
2.80
3.20
3.10
3.50
3.60
4.20
4.10
4.40
4.40
4.70
4.70
5.00
5.00
5.20
5.30
5.70
5.50
5.60
5.60
Table No. 30 HL
(Jea-95%)
95% Data form
—
50%
— 95% cm
0.60
-0.90
1.00
1.30
2.00
1.60
2.00
1.80
2.60
2.10
2.50
2.40
2.90
2.70
3.00
2.90
3.60
3.20
3.60
3.40
4.00
3.60
4.00
3.80
4.50
4.10
4.60
4.30
5.10
4.50
4.90
4.60
5.10
4.80
5.20
5.00
5.60
5.20
5.60
5.30
5.90
5.50
5.90
5.60
6.20
5.70
6.20
5.80
6.50
6.00
6.30
6.10
6.40
6.10
6.60
6.20
6.90
6.30
6.90
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-102
5%
--
--
0.40
0.20
0.50
0.70
1.50
1.40
1.90
1.90
2.40
2.50
3.00
2.80
3.10
3.30
3.90
3.80
4.00
4.10
4.60
4.60
4.90
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.20
5.40
5.80
5.80
(week)
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
TIB
—
2-103
6.50
6.40
6.20
6.10
6.00
5.90
5.70
5.60
5.40
5.20
5.10
4.90
4.70
4.50
4.30
4.10
3.90
3.60
3.40
3.20
2.90
2.70
2.40
2.20
1.90
1.60
1.30
1.00
0.70
0.40
50%
6.90
6.90
6.90
7.10
6.80
6.90
6.40
6.20
5.90
5.80
5.60
5.70
5.20
5.10
4.90
5.00
4.50
4.30
3.90
3.90
3.50
3.50
2.90
2.90
2.50
2.70
1.90
1.70
--
--
— 95% cm
95% Data form
(Jea-95%)
Table No. 31 TIB
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
(week)
ULNA
5.00
4.90
4.80
4.90
4.70
4.70
4.40
4.30
4.00
3.90
3.80
4.00
3.70
3.70
3.40
3.40
2.90
2.70
2.40
2.50
2.10
2.00
1.30
1.10
0.80
1.00
0.40
0.30
--
--
5%
—
5.80
5.70
5.70
5.60
5.50
5.40
5.30
5.20
5.00
4.90
4.70
4.60
4.40
4.30
4.10
3.90
3.70
3.50
3.30
3.10
2.90
2.60
2.40
2.10
1.90
1.60
1.30
1.10
0.80
0.50
50%
6.50
6.60
6.30
6.20
6.10
6.10
5.90
6.00
5.80
5.90
5.40
5.10
4.80
4.80
4.40
4.40
4.10
4.30
3.70
3.60
3.20
3.20
3.00
3.20
2.40
2.20
1.70
1.80
--
--
— 95% cm
95% Data form
(Jea-95%)
Table No. 32 ULNA
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
(week)
Radius
4.60
4.60
4.50
4.50
4.10
3.80
3.90
4.10
3.70
3.40
3.40
3.60
3.30
3.30
3.00
3.10
2.70
2.60
2.40
2.50
2.10
2.00
1.40
1.10
0.90
1.20
0.80
--
--
--
5%
—
5.00
5.00
4.90
4.90
4.80
4.80
4.70
4.60
4.50
4.40
4.30
4.20
4.00
3.90
3.70
3.60
3.40
3.20
3.10
2.90
2.70
2.40
2.20
2.00
1.80
1.50
1.30
1.00
0.70
0.50
50%
5.40
5.40
5.30
5.30
5.40
5.70
5.30
5.10
5.10
5.30
4.90
4.70
4.50
4.50
4.10
4.00
3.80
3.90
3.40
3.20
2.80
2.90
2.60
2.90
2.10
1.90
1.20
--
--
--
— 95% cm
95% Data form
(Jea-95%)
Table No. 33 Radius
10.00
9.80
9.70
9.50
9.30
9.10
8.90
8.70
8.50
8.30
8.00
7.80
7.50
7.30
7.00
6.70
6.40
6.10
5.80
5.40
5.10
4.70
4.40
4.10
3.70
3.20
2.80
2.40
(cm)
BPD
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
Gestational week
(Campbell)
Table No. 34 BPD
21
20
19
17
15
14
13
12
11
11
10
10
9
9
9
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Gestational week
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
HC
(cm)
11.50
12.60
13.70
14.80
15.90
17.00
18.10
19.20
20.40
21.50
22.70
23.80
24.90
26.00
27.10
28.10
29.00
29.90
30.80
31.50
32.00
32.50
33.00
33.50
34.00
34.30
34.50
(Campbell)
Table No. 35 HC
2-104
35
30
30
29
29
27
25
22
21
20
19
19
18
17
17
17
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
10
±day
35.00
34.40
33.80
33.10
32.50
31.70
30.80
29.70
28.60
27.50
26.40
25.30
24.20
23.10
22.10
21.00
19.90
18.80
17.80
16.70
15.60
14.50
13.40
12.30
11.20
10.10
9.00
(cm)
AC
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
Gestational week
(Campbell)
Table No. 36 AC
30
30
30
30
28
25
22
22
21
20
20
20
19
19
18
17
16
16
16
15
15
15
15
15
14
±day
7.50
7.40
7.20
7.10
6.90
6.80
6.60
6.50
6.30
6.10
5.80
5.60
5.40
5.20
4.90
4.70
4.40
4.20
3.90
3.60
3.30
3.00
2.80
2.50
2.20
1.80
(cm)
FL
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
Gestational week
(Campbell)
Table No. 37 FL
22
20
18
17
15
14
13
12
11
10
10
9
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
6
6
6
±day
9.10
9.10
41
9.00
8.90
8.80
8.70
8.50
8.30
8.10
7.90
7.70
7.40
7.20
6.90
6.60
6.40
6.10
5.70
5.40
5.10
4.80
4.50
4.10
3.80
3.50
3.10
2.80
2.50
2.30
5%
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
Table No. 38 BPD
—
9.80
9.70
9.60
9.50
9.40
9.20
9.10
8.90
8.70
8.50
8.20
8.00
7.70
7.40
7.10
6.80
6.50
6.20
5.90
5.60
5.20
4.90
4.60
4.20
3.90
3.50
3.20
2.90
2.60
50%
(Merz)
10.40
10.30
10.30
10.10
10.00
9.80
9.70
9.50
9.20
9.00
8.80
8.50
8.20
7.90
7.70
7.30
7.00
6.70
6.40
6.00
5.70
5.30
5.00
4.60
4.30
3.90
3.60
3.30
3.00
— 95%cm
MN1-1175 Rev.9
5%
2.80
3.10
3.50
3.90
4.30
4.70
5.10
5.60
6.00
6.40
6.80
7.20
7.50
7.90
8.20
8.60
8.90
9.20
9.40
9.70
9.90
10.10
10.30
10.40
10.50
10.60
10.70
10.80
10.80
(week)
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
—
2-105
11.50
11.40
11.40
11.30
11.20
11.00
10.90
10.70
10.50
10.20
10.00
9.70
9.40
9.10
8.80
8.40
8.10
7.70
7.30
6.90
6.50
6.00
5.60
5.20
4.70
4.30
3.90
3.50
3.20
50%
(Merz)
Table No. 39 OFD
12.10
12.10
12.00
11.90
11.80
11.60
11.50
11.30
11.10
10.80
10.60
10.30
10.00
9.70
9.30
9.00
8.60
8.20
7.80
7.40
6.90
6.50
6.10
5.60
5.20
4.80
4.30
4.00
3.60
— 95%cm
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
33.20
33.10
32.90
32.60
32.20
31.80
31.30
30.70
30.00
29.30
28.20
27.70
26.80
25.80
24.80
23.80
22.70
21.60
20.40
19.20
18.00
16.70
15.50
14.20
13.00
11.70
10.50
9.40
8.40
5%
Table No. 40 HC
—
35.00
34.90
34.60
34.30
33.90
33.50
32.90
32.30
31.60
30.90
30.10
29.20
28.30
27.30
26.30
25.30
24.10
23.00
21.80
20.60
19.30
18.10
16.80
15.50
14.30
13.00
11.80
10.60
9.60
50%
(Merz)
36.80
36.60
36.40
36.10
35.60
35.20
34.60
34.00
33.30
32.50
31.70
30.80
29.90
28.90
27.80
26.70
25.60
24.40
23.20
22.00
20.70
19.40
18.10
16.80
15.60
14.30
13.00
11.90
10.80
— 95%cm
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
10.10
9.90
9.70
9.40
9.20
8.90
8.70
8.40
8.10
7.80
7.60
7.30
7.00
6.70
6.30
6.00
5.70
5.40
5.10
4.80
4.40
4.10
3.80
3.50
3.10
2.80
2.50
2.10
1.80
5%
—
10.90
10.70
10.50
10.20
10.00
9.70
9.40
9.10
8.80
8.50
8.20
7.90
7.60
7.30
7.00
6.60
6.30
6.00
5.60
5.30
5.00
4.60
4.30
3.90
3.60
3.20
2.90
2.50
2.20
50%
(Merz)
Table No. 41 TTD
11.80
11.60
11.30
11.00
10.80
10.50
10.20
9.90
9.60
9.20
8.90
8.60
8.30
7.90
7.60
7.20
6.90
6.50
6.20
5.80
5.50
5.10
4.80
4.40
4.00
3.70
3.30
2.90
2.60
— 95%cm
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
9.90
9.70
9.50
9.30
9.00
8.80
8.50
8.30
8.00
7.70
7.40
7.10
6.80
6.50
6.20
5.90
5.60
5.30
5.00
4.60
4.30
4.00
3.70
3.30
3.00
2.70
2.30
2.00
1.70
5%
—
10.80
10.60
10.30
10.10
9.80
9.60
9.30
9.00
8.70
8.40
8.10
7.80
7.50
7.20
6.80
6.50
6.20
5.90
5.50
5.20
4.80
4.50
4.20
3.80
3.50
3.10
2.80
2.40
2.10
50%
(Merz)
Table No. 42 APTD
11.60
11.40
11.10
10.90
10.60
10.30
10.00
9.70
9.40
9.10
8.80
8.50
8.10
7.80
7.50
7.10
6.80
6.40
6.10
5.70
5.40
5.00
4.70
4.30
3.90
3.60
3.20
2.80
2.50
— 95%cm
MN1-1175 Rev.9
9.60
10.70
11.70
12.70
13.80
14.80
15.80
16.80
17.80
18.80
19.80
20.70
21.70
22.50
23.50
24.40
25.30
26.20
27.00
27.90
28.70
29.40
30.10
30.80
31.40
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
7.60
8.60
6.50
14
16
5.50
13
15
5%
(week)
Table No. 43 AC
—
2-106
34.10
33.40
32.70
31.90
31.10
30.30
29.40
28.50
27.60
26.60
25.70
24.70
23.70
22.70
21.70
20.70
19.60
18.60
17.50
16.50
15.40
14.30
13.20
12.20
11.10
10.00
8.90
7.80
6.70
50%
(Merz)
36.70
36.00
35.20
34.40
33.60
32.70
31.70
30.80
29.80
28.80
27.80
26.80
25.70
24.70
23.60
22.60
21.50
20.40
19.30
18.10
17.00
15.90
14.80
13.60
12.50
11.40
10.20
9.10
8.00
— 95%cm
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
7.20
7.10
6.90
6.80
6.60
6.50
6.30
6.10
5.90
5.70
5.50
5.30
5.10
4.90
4.70
4.50
4.20
4.00
3.70
3.50
3.20
2.90
2.70
2.40
2.10
1.80
1.50
1.10
0.80
5%
Table No. 44 FL
—
7.70
7.60
7.40
7.30
7.10
7.00
6.80
6.60
6.40
6.20
6.00
5.80
5.60
5.30
5.10
4.90
4.60
4.40
4.10
3.90
3.60
3.30
3.00
2.70
2.40
2.10
1.80
1.50
1.10
50%
(Merz)
8.20
8.10
7.90
7.80
7.60
7.40
7.30
7.10
6.90
6.70
6.40
6.20
6.00
5.80
5.50
5.30
5.00
4.80
4.50
4.20
4.00
3.70
3.40
3.10
2.80
2.50
2.10
1.80
1.40
— 95%cm
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
6.10
6.00
5.90
5.80
5.70
5.60
5.40
5.30
5.10
5.00
4.80
4.60
4.50
4.30
4.10
3.90
3.70
3.50
3.30
3.00
2.80
2.60
2.30
2.10
1.80
1.50
1.20
0.90
0.60
5%
Table No. 45 TIB
—
6.60
6.50
6.40
6.30
6.20
6.00
5.90
5.70
5.60
5.40
5.20
5.10
4.90
4.70
4.50
4.30
4.10
3.80
3.60
3.40
3.10
2.90
2.60
2.40
2.10
1.80
1.50
1.20
0.90
50%
(Merz)
7.10
7.00
6.90
6.70
6.60
6.50
6.30
6.20
6.00
5.80
5.60
5.50
5.30
5.10
4.90
4.70
4.40
4.20
4.00
3.70
3.50
3.20
3.00
2.70
2.40
2.10
1.80
1.50
1.20
— 95%cm
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
5.90
5.80
5.70
5.60
5.50
5.40
5.30
5.10
5.00
4.80
4.70
4.50
4.30
4.10
3.90
3.80
3.50
3.30
3.10
2.90
2.70
2.40
2.20
1.90
1.70
1.40
1.10
0.80
0.50
5%
Table No. 46 FIB
6.30
6.30
6.20
6.10
6.00
5.80
5.70
5.60
5.40
5.20
5.10
4.90
4.70
4.50
4.30
4.10
3.90
3.70
3.50
3.30
3.00
2.80
2.50
2.30
2.00
1.70
1.40
1.10
0.80
50%
(Merz)
—
6.80
6.70
6.60
6.50
6.40
6.30
6.10
6.00
5.80
5.70
5.50
5.30
5.10
4.90
4.70
4.50
4.30
4.10
3.80
3.60
3.40
3.10
2.90
2.60
2.30
2.00
1.70
1.40
1.10
— 95%cm
MN1-1175 Rev.9
5%
0.70
1.00
1.40
1.70
2.00
2.20
2.50
2.70
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.70
3.90
4.10
4.30
4.50
4.60
4.80
5.00
5.10
5.30
5.40
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
(week)
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Table No. 47 HL
—
2-107
6.60
6.60
6.50
6.40
6.30
6.10
6.00
5.90
5.70
5.50
5.40
5.20
5.00
4.80
4.70
4.50
4.20
4.00
3.80
3.60
3.30
3.10
2.80
2.60
2.30
2.00
1.70
1.30
1.00
50%
(Merz)
7.10
7.00
6.90
6.80
6.70
6.60
6.40
6.30
6.10
6.00
5.80
5.60
5.40
5.20
5.00
4.80
4.60
4.40
4.20
3.90
3.70
3.40
3.20
2.90
2.60
2.30
2.00
1.70
1.30
— 95%cm
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
5.00
4.90
4.90
4.80
4.70
4.60
4.50
4.40
4.30
4.20
4.10
3.90
3.80
3.60
3.50
3.30
3.20
3.00
2.80
2.60
2.40
2.20
2.00
1.70
1.50
1.20
1.00
0.60
0.30
5%
—
5.40
5.30
5.30
5.20
5.10
5.00
4.90
4.80
4.70
4.60
4.40
4.30
4.20
4.00
3.90
3.70
3.50
3.30
3.20
3.00
2.80
2.50
2.30
2.10
1.80
1.60
1.30
1.00
0.60
50%
(Merz)
Table No. 48 RAD
5.80
5.80
5.70
5.60
5.50
5.40
5.30
5.20
5.10
5.00
4.80
4.70
4.50
4.40
4.20
4.10
3.90
3.70
3.50
3.30
3.10
2.90
2.60
2.40
2.20
1.90
1.60
1.30
0.90
— 95%cm
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
5.80
5.70
5.60
5.50
5.40
5.30
5.20
5.10
4.90
4.80
4.60
4.50
4.30
4.20
4.00
3.80
3.60
3.40
3.20
3.00
2.70
2.50
2.30
2.00
1.70
1.50
1.20
0.80
0.50
5%
—
6.20
6.10
6.00
5.90
5.80
5.70
5.60
5.50
5.30
5.20
5.00
4.90
4.70
4.50
4.30
4.10
3.90
3.70
3.50
3.30
3.10
2.80
2.60
2.30
2.10
1.80
1.50
1.10
0.80
50%
(Merz)
Table No. 49 ULNA
6.60
6.60
6.50
6.40
6.30
6.10
6.00
5.90
5.70
5.60
5.40
5.20
5.10
4.90
4.70
4.50
4.30
4.10
3.90
3.70
3.40
3.20
2.90
2.70
2.40
2.10
1.80
1.40
1.10
— 95%cm
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(cm)
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
10w1d
10w3d
10w5d
11w0d
11w2d
11w4d
11w6d
12w1d
12w3d
12w6d
13w1d
13w3d
13w5d
14w0d
14w2d
14w4d
14w6d
15w1d
15w3d
15w5d
16w0d
16w2d
16w4d
16w6d
17w1d
17w4d
17w6d
18w1d
18w3d
18w5d
19w0d
19w2d
Gestational week
Table No. 50 BPD
±day
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
(cm)
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
7.0
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
19w4d
20w0d
20w2d
20w4d
20w6d
21w1d
21w3d
21w6d
22w1d
22w3d
22w5d
23w1d
23w3d
23w5d
24w1d
24w3d
24w5d
25w1d
25w3d
25w5d
26w1d
26w3d
26w6d
27w2d
27w4d
28w0d
28w3d
28w5d
29w1d
29w4d
30w0d
30w3d
(Shinozuka)
Gestational week
±day
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
(cm)
7.7
7.8
7.9
8.0
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
8.9
9.0
30w6d
31w2d
31w5d
32w1d
32w5d
33w1d
33w5d
34w2d
34w6d
35w3d
36w0d
36w5d
37w4d
38w3d
Gestational week
±day
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
15
(cm2)
10.0
12.0
14.0
16.0
18.0
20.0
22.0
24.0
26.0
28.0
30.0
32.0
34.0
36.0
38.0
40.0
42.0
44.0
46.0
48.0
50.0
52.0
54.0
56.0
58.0
60.0
62.0
64.0
66.0
68.0
70.0
×T
16w1d
17w0d
17w6d
18w4d
19w3d
20w1d
20w6d
21w4d
22w2d
22w6d
23w4d
24w1d
24w5d
25w2d
25w6d
26w3d
27w0d
27w3d
28w0d
28w4d
29w0d
29w3d
30w0d
30w3d
31w0d
31w3d
31w6d
32w3d
32w6d
33w3d
33w6d
Gestational week
Table No. 51 A
±day
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
(cm2)
72.0
74.0
76.0
78.0
80.0
82.0
84.0
86.0
88.0
90.0
(Shinozuka)
34w2d
34w6d
35w3d
35w6d
36w3d
37w0d
37w4d
38w1d
38w5d
39w2d
Gestational week
±day
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
19
19
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-108
25w6d
26w3d
27w0d
27w3d
28w0d
28w4d
29w0d
29w4d
30w1d
30w5d
31w2d
20.5
21.0
21.5
22.0
22.5
23.0
23.5
24.0
24.5
25.0
25.5
22w0d
16.5
25w3d
21w3d
16.0
20.0
21w0d
15.5
24w6d
20w3d
15.0
19.5
20w0d
14.5
24w3d
19w4d
14.0
19.0
19w0d
13.5
23w6d
18w4d
13.0
23w3d
18w0d
12.5
18.5
17w4d
12.0
18.0
17w0d
11.5
22w6d
16w4d
11.0
17.5
16w0d
10.5
22w3d
15w3d
10.0
17.0
(cm)
Gestational week
Table No. 52 AC
2-109
13
13
13
13
12
12
12
12
12
12
11
11
11
11
11
11
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
9
9
9
9
9
8
8
8
8
±day
(Shinozuka)
33.0
32.5
32.0
31.5
31.0
30.5
30.0
29.5
29.0
28.5
28.0
27.5
27.0
26.5
26.0
(cm)
41w2d
40w4d
39w6d
29w0d
38w2d
37w5d
37w0d
36w2d
35w4d
35w0d
34w2d
33w5d
33w1d
32w3d
31w6d
Gestational week
15
15
15
15
15
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
13
13
13
±day
5.0
4.9
4.8
4.7
4.6
4.5
4.4
4.3
4.2
4.1
4.0
3.9
3.8
3.7
3.6
3.5
3.4
3.3
3.2
3.1
3.0
2.9
2.8
2.7
2.6
2.5
2.4
2.3
2.2
2.1
2.0
(cm)
FL
28w2d
27w5d
27w2d
26w5d
26w2d
25w6d
25w3d
24w6d
24w3d
24w0d
23w3d
23w1d
22w5d
22w2d
21w6d
21w3d
21w1d
20w5d
20w2d
20w0d
19w4d
19w1d
18w6d
18w3d
18w1d
17w6d
17w3d
17w1d
16w6d
16w3d
16w1d
Gestational week
Table No. 53 FL
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
6
6
6
±day
(Shinozuka)
FL
7.0
6.9
6.8
6.7
6.6
6.5
6.4
6.3
6.2
6.1
6.0
5.9
5.8
5.7
5.6
5.5
5.4
5.3
5.2
5.1
(cm)
39w3d
38w5d
38w1d
37w4d
37w0d
36w2d
35w5d
35w1d
34w4d
34w0d
33w3d
33w0d
32w3d
31w6d
31w2d
30w5d
30w2d
29w5d
29w2d
28w5d
Gestational week
13
13
13
13
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
10
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
20
21
22
23
14.00
15.00
16.10
17.50
15
8.60
19
14
7.30
13.00
13
6.00
18
12
4.70
12.00
8
11
3.60
16
10
2.60
17
9
1.80
9.70
8
1.30
11.00
9
7
1.10
11
11
11
9
8
8
8
9
8
8
8
8
9
9
(cm)
±day
Gestational week
CRL
(Hansmann)
Table No. 54 CRL
30
30
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
8.00
2-110
8.20
8.50
8.70
8.90
9.10
9.30
9.50
9.60
9.80
9.90
10.00
10.10
30
30
30
30
30
30
27
25
23
21
20
18
29
7.70
16
15
14
13
12
12
11
10
9
9
9
8
8
8
8
8
8
±day
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
Gestational week
7.40
7.10
6.80
6.50
6.20
5.90
5.60
5.20
4.90
4.60
4.20
3.80
3.50
3.20
2.80
2.40
2.00
(cm)
BPD
(Hansmann)
Table No. 55 BPD
11.50
11.40
11.30
11.20
11.10
10.90
10.70
10.50
10.30
10.00
9.80
9.50
9.10
8.80
8.40
8.00
7.60
7.20
6.70
6.30
5.80
5.40
5.00
4.60
4.10
3.80
3.10
(cm)
OFD
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
Gestational week
(Hansmann)
Table No. 56 OFD
39
35
32
32
32
32
32
32
26
23
21
19
17
16
15
14
12
11
10
10
9
9
8
8
8
9
10
±day
34.90
34.70
34.40
34.00
33.70
33.20
32.50
31.80
31.10
30.30
29.30
28.40
27.40
26.30
25.10
24.00
22.60
21.50
20.30
19.00
17.60
16.40
15.20
14.00
12.70
11.50
10.60
(cm)
HC
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
Gestational week
(Hansmann)
Table No. 57 HC
35
31
31
31
31
31
27
23
22
20
17
15
14
13
12
11
10
10
9
9
9
9
8
8
8
8
8
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
Gestational week
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
TTD
(cm)
1.70
2.00
2.40
2.70
3.10
3.40
3.70
4.00
4.40
4.70
5.00
5.30
5.60
5.90
6.20
6.50
6.90
7.20
7.40
7.80
8.10
8.30
8.60
8.90
9.20
9.40
9.70
9.90
10.10
10.30
10.50
(Hansmann)
Table No. 58 TTD
2-111
33
31
31
31
31
31
31
28
25
22
21
20
19
18
17
17
16
15
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
9
8
8
7
7
7
±day
32.00
31.50
30.60
29.60
28.70
27.70
26.80
25.80
24.90
24.00
23.00
22.20
21.10
20.20
19.10
18.30
17.30
16.50
15.50
14.50
13.50
12.60
11.60
10.70
9.70
8.50
7.50
6.30
5.30
(cm)
AC
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
Gestational week
(Hansmann)
Table No. 59 AC
6.90
6.70
6.50
6.30
6.10
5.90
5.70
5.50
5.30
5.10
4.90
4.70
4.50
4.30
4.10
3.90
3.70
3.50
3.30
3.00
2.80
2.50
2.30
2.00
1.70
1.40
1.10
(cm)
HL
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
Gestational week
(Hansmann)
Table No. 60 HL
19
20
20
19
20
19
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
19
20
20
19
19
20
19
19
20
19
19
19
±day
7.50
7.40
7.30
7.10
6.90
6.70
6.50
6.30
6.10
5.90
5.60
5.40
5.10
4.90
4.70
4.40
4.10
3.90
3.60
3.40
3.10
2.80
2.50
2.20
1.80
1.60
1.20
1.00
(cm)
FL
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
Gestational week
(Hansmann)
Table No. 61 FL
23
23
23
23
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
16
15
15
14
14
13
12
11
11
10
10
9
8
7
7
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
mGS
(cm)
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
4w6d
5w0d
5w1d
5w2d
5w2d
5w3d
5w4d
5w5d
5w5d
5w6d
6w0d
6w1d
6w2d
6w2d
6w3d
6w4d
6w5d
6w6d
6w6d
7w0d
7w1d
7w2d
7w3d
7w4d
7w4d
7w5d
7w6d
8w0d
8w1d
8w2d
8w3d
8w3d
8w4d
8w5d
8w6d
9w0d
Gestational week
Table No. 62 mGS
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
±day
(Rempen)
GS
(cm)
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
7.00
7.10
7.20
7.30
9w1d
9w2d
9w3d
9w4d
9w5d
9w6d
9w6d
10w0d
10w1d
10w2d
10w3d
10w4d
10w5d
10w6d
11w0d
11w1d
11w2d
11w3d
11w4d
11w5d
11w6d
12w0d
12w1d
12w2d
12w3d
12w4d
12w5d
12w6d
13w0d
13w1d
13w2d
13w3d
13w4d
13w5d
14w0d
14w1d
Gestational week
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
10d
±day
CRL
(cm)
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
6w0d
6w1d
6w2d
6w3d
6w4d
6w5d
6w6d
7w0d
7w1d
7w2d
7w3d
7w4d
7w5d
7w6d
7w6d
8w0d
8w1d
8w2d
8w3d
8w4d
8w5d
8w5d
8w6d
9w0d
9w1d
9w2d
9w3d
9w3d
9w4d
9w5d
9w6d
9w6d
10w0d
10w1d
10w2d
10w2d
10w3d
10w4d
10w5d
10w5d
Gestational week
Table No. 63 CRL
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
±day
(Rempen)
CRL
(cm)
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
7.00
7.10
7.20
7.30
7.40
7.50
7.60
7.70
7.80
10w6d
11w0d
11w0d
11w1d
11w2d
11w2d
11w3d
11w4d
11w4d
11w5d
11w5d
11w6d
12w0d
12w0d
12w1d
12w1d
12w2d
12w3d
12w3d
12w4d
12w4d
12w5d
12w5d
12w6d
12w6d
13w0d
13w0d
13w1d
13w1d
13w2d
13w2d
13w3d
13w3d
13w4d
13w4d
13w4d
13w5d
Gestational week
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
6d
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-112
11w1d
11w3d
11w5d
12w0d
12w2d
12w4d
12w6d
13w1d
13w3d
13w5d
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
9w3d
1.20
1.80
9w1d
1.10
10w6d
8w6d
1.00
10w4d
8w4d
0.90
1.70
8w2d
0.80
1.60
8w0d
0.70
10w2d
7w5d
0.60
1.50
7w3d
0.50
9w5d
7w1d
0.40
10w0d
6w6d
0.30
1.40
(cm)
1.30
Gestational week
BPD
(Rempen)
Table No. 64 BPD
2-113
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
±day
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
(week)
28.8
27.9
27
26.1
25.2
24.3
23.4
22.5
21.5
20.6
19.7
18.8
17.9
17
16.1
15.2
14.3
13.4
12.5
11.6
10.6
9.7
8.8
7.9
7
10%
—
30.9
30
29.1
28.2
27.3
26.4
25.5
24.6
23.7
22.8
21.9
21
20
19.1
18.2
17.3
16.4
15.5
14.6
13.7
12.8
11.9
11
10
9.1
50%
(Chitkara U)
Table No. 65 TC
33.1
32.2
31.2
30.3
29.4
28.5
27.6
26.7
25.8
24.9
24
23.1
22.2
21.3
20.3
19.4
18.5
17.6
16.7
15.8
15
14
13.1
12.2
11.3
— 90%cm
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
(week)
5.8
5.6
5.4
5.2
5
4.8
4.7
4.5
4.3
4.1
3.9
3.7
3.5
3.3
3.2
3
2.8
2.6
2.4
2.2
2
1.8
1.7
1.5
1.3
10%
—
6.5
6.4
6.2
6
5.8
5.6
5.4
5.2
5
4.9
4.7
4.5
4.3
4.1
3.9
3.7
3.5
3.4
3.2
3
2.8
2.7
2.4
2.2
2
50%
(Chitkara U)
Table No. 66 TL
7.3
7.1
6.9
6.7
6.5
6.4
6.2
6
5.8
5.6
5.4
5.2
5
4.9
4.7
4.5
4.3
4.1
3.9
3.7
3.6
3.4
3.2
3
2.8
— 90%cm
MN1-1175 Rev.9
BPD
(cm)
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
12w0d
12w0d
12w5d
13w0d
13w1d
13w4d
13w5d
14w0d
14w2d
14w4d
14w6d
15w1d
15w2d
15w4d
15w6d
16w1d
16w3d
16w5d
17w0d
17w2d
17w4d
17w6d
18w1d
18w3d
18w6d
19w1d
19w3d
19w5d
20w0d
20w2d
20w4d
20w6d
21w1d
21w4d
21w6d
22w1d
22w4d
22w6d
23w1d
23w4d
Gestational week
Table No. 67 BPD
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
8
10
12
13
13
15
14
13
13
12
11
11
12
12
13
13
13
12
12
11
±day
(Kurtz)
BPD
(cm)
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
7.00
7.10
7.20
7.30
7.40
7.50
7.60
7.70
7.80
7.90
8.00
8.10
8.20
8.30
8.40
8.50
8.60
8.70
8.80
8.90
9.00
9.10
9.20
9.30
9.40
9.50
9.60
9.70
9.80
23w6d
24w1d
24w4d
24w6d
25w2d
25w4d
26w0d
26w3d
26w5d
27w1d
27w4d
27w6d
28w2d
28w5d
29w1sd
29w4d
30w0d
30w2d
30w4d
31w1d
31w4d
32w1d
32w4d
33w0d
33w3d
34w0d
34w2d
35w0d
35w3d
36w1d
36w4d
37w1d
37w6d
38w2d
39w0d
39w5d
40w2d
41w0d
41w6d
Gestational week
12
12
11
11
11
11
11
10
10
9
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
8
8
10
10
10
10
11
12
12
13
11
12
12
12
9
8
7
8
8
8
8
9
±day
BPD
(cm)
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
16w0d
16w2d
16w5d
17w0d
17w2d
17w5d
18w0d
18w2d
18w5d
19w0d
19w2d
19w5d
20w0d
20w2d
20w5d
21w0d
21w2d
21w5d
21w5d
22w0d
22w2d
22w5d
23w0d
23w2d
23w5d
24w0d
24w2d
24w5d
25w0d
25w2d
25w5d
Gestational week
Table No. 68 BPD
9
12
16
14
14
12
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
16
16
17
16
14
14
±day
(Sabbagha)
BPD
(cm)
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
7.00
7.10
7.20
7.30
7.40
7.50
7.60
7.70
7.80
7.90
8.00
8.10
8.20
8.30
8.40
8.50
8.60
8.70
8.80
8.90
9.00
9.10
9.20
9.30
9.40
9.50
26w0d
26w2d
26w5d
27w0d
27w2d
27w5d
27w5d
28w0d
28w2d
28w5d
29w0d
29w5d
30w0d
30w2d
30w5d
31w0d
31w2d
32w0d
32w2d
33w0d
33w2d
34w0d
34w2d
35w2d
35w5d
36w2d
36w2d
36w5d
37w0d
37w2d
Gestational week
16
16
17
16
18
17
21
21
24
23
26
23
21
21
23
23
26
26
26
26
28
30
30
30
28
28
23
21
19
19
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-114
CD
(cm)
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
15w1d
15w5d
16w4d
17w1d
17w6d
18w4d
19w2d
20w0d
20w5d
21w3d
22w1d
22w5d
23w4d
24w1d
24w6d
25w4d
26w1d
26w6d
27w4d
28w1d
28w5d
29w3d
30w0d
30w4d
31w1d
31w5d
32w2d
32w5d
33w3d
33w6d
34w3d
34w5d
35w2d
35w5d
36w1d
36w4d
Gestational week
Table No. 69 CD
7
7
7
7
7
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
22
22
±day
(Hill)
CD
(cm)
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
36w5d
37w1d
37w4d
37w5d
38w0d
38w2d
38w4d
Gestational week
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
±day
Table No.70 CD
(Goldstein)
CD
(week)
10% — 50%
15
1.00
1.40
16
1.40
1.60
17
1.60
1.70
18
1.70
1.80
19
1.80
1.90
20
1.80
2.00
21
1.90
2.20
22
2.10
2.30
23
2.20
2.40
24
2.20
2.50
25
2.30
2.80
26
2.50
2.90
27
2.60
3.00
28
2.70
3.10
29
2.90
3.40
30
3.10
3.50
31
3.20
3.80
32
3.30
3.80
33
3.20
4.00
34
3.30
4.00
35
3.10
4.05
36
3.60
4.30
37
3.70
4.50
38
4.00
4.85
39
5.20
5.20
— 90%cm
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.20
2.20
2.40
2.40
2.60
2.80
2.90
3.20
3.20
3.40
3.80
4.00
4.30
4.20
4.40
4.40
4.70
5.50
5.50
5.50
5.50
Table No. 71 EES
(Goldstein)
Gestational week
(cm)
0.1
6w1d
0.2
6w2d
0.3
6w3d
0.4
6w4d
0.5
6w5d
0.6
6w6d
0.7
7w0d
0.8
7w1d
0.9
7w2d
1.0
7w3d
1.1
7w4d
1.2
7w5d
1.3
7w6d
1.4
8w0d
1.5
8w1d
1.6
8w2d
1.7
8w3d
1.8
8w4d
1.9
8w5d
2.0
8w6d
2.1
9w0d
2.2
9w1d
2.3
9w2d
2.4
9w3d
2.5
9w4d
±day
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-115
mGS
(cm)
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
4.50
in weeks)
5w0d
5w1d
5w2d
5w3d
5w4d
5w5d
5w6d
6w0d
6w1d
6w2d
6w3d
6w4d
6w5d
6w6d
7w0d
7w1d
7w2d
7w3d
7w4d
7w5d
7w6d
8w0d
8w1d
8w2d
8w3d
8w4d
8w5d
8w6d
9w0d
9w1d
9w2d
9w3d
9w4d
9w5d
9w6d
10w0d
Gestational week
Table No. 72 mGS
±day
(Hellman)
GS
(cm)
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
in weeks)
10w1d
10w2d
10w3d
10w4d
10w5d
10w6d
11w0d
11w1d
11w2d
11w3d
11w4d
11w5d
11w6d
12w0d
12w1d
Gestational week
±day
Table No. 73 CRL
(Robinson)
CRL
Gestational week
(cm)
0.60
6w2d
0.80
6w5d
1.00
7w1d
1.20
7w4d
1.40
7w6d
1.60
8w1d
1.80
8w3d
2.00
8w5d
2.20
9w0d
2.40
9w1d
2.60
9w3d
2.80
9w5d
3.00
9w6d
3.20
10w1d
3.40
10w2d
3.60
10w4d
3.80
10w5d
4.00
10w6d
4.20
11w1d
4.40
11w2d
4.60
11w3d
4.80
11w4d
5.00
11w6d
5.20
12w0d
5.40
12w1d
5.60
12w2d
5.80
12w3d
6.00
12w4d
6.20
12w5d
6.40
12w6d
6.60
13w0d
6.80
13w1d
7.00
13w2d
7.20
13w3d
7.40
13w4d
7.60
13w5d
7.80
13w6d
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-116
CRL
(cm)
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
6w1d
6w2d
6w3d
6w4d
6w5d
6w6d
7w0d
7w1d
7w2d
7w3d
7w4d
7w5d
7w6d
8w0d
8w1d
8w2d
8w3d
8w4d
8w5d
8w6d
8w6d
9w0d
9w1d
9w2d
9w3d
9w4d
9w4d
9w5d
9w6d
10w0d
10w1d
10w1d
10w2d
10w3d
10w3d
10w4d
10w5d
10w6d
10w6d
11w0d
11w0d
Gestational week
Table No. 74 CRL
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
±day
(Daya)
CRL
(cm)
4.30
4.40
4.50
4.60
4.70
4.80
4.90
5.00
5.10
5.20
5.30
5.40
5.50
5.60
5.70
5.80
5.90
6.00
6.10
6.20
6.30
6.40
6.50
6.60
6.70
6.80
6.90
7.00
7.10
7.20
7.30
7.40
7.50
7.60
7.70
7.80
7.90
8.00
11w1d
11w2d
11w2d
11w3d
11w4d
11w4d
11w5d
11w5d
11w6d
11w6d
12w0d
12w0d
12w1d
12w1d
12w2d
12w2d
12w3d
12w3d
12w3d
12w4d
12w4d
12w5d
12w5d
12w5d
12w6d
12w6d
12w6d
13w0d
13w0d
13w0d
13w1d
13w1d
13w1d
13w1d
13w2d
13w2d
13w2d
13w2d
Gestational week
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
6
5
5
6
5
6
5
6
5
6
5
6
5
6
6
5
6
6
6
6
6
5
±day
CRL
(cm)
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
4.20
4.40
4.60
4.80
5.00
5.20
5.40
5.60
5.80
6.00
6.20
6.40
6.60
6.80
7.00
(Nelson)
Gestational week
CRL
(cm)
8w1d
7.20
8w2d
7.40
8w3d
7.60
8w5d
7.80
8w6d
8.00
9w0d
8.20
9w1d
8.40
9w2d
8.60
9w4d
8.80
9w5d
9.00
9w6d
10w0d
10w1d
10w3d
10w4d
10w5d
10w6d
11w0d
11w2d
11w3d
11w4d
11w5d
11w6d
12w0d
12w2d
12w3d
12w4d
12w5d
13w0d
13w1d
13w2d
Table No. 75 CRL
13w3d
13w4d
13w6d
14w0d
14w1d
14w2d
14w3d
14w5d
14w6d
15w0d
Gestational week
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-117
FL
(cm)
1.00
1.10
1.20
1.30
1.40
1.50
1.60
1.70
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
2.30
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
3.40
3.50
3.60
3.70
3.80
3.90
4.00
4.10
4.20
4.30
4.40
(Hohler)
Gestational week
FL
(cm)
12w0d
4.50
12w2d
4.60
12w4d
4.70
12w6d
4.80
13w2d
4.90
13w4d
5.00
13w6d
5.10
14w1d
5.20
14w4d
5.30
14w6d
5.40
15w1d
5.50
15w3d
5.60
15w6d
5.70
16w1d
5.80
16w4d
5.90
16w6d
6.00
17w1d
6.10
17w4d
6.20
17w6d
6.30
18w2d
6.40
18w4d
6.50
19w0d
6.60
19w3d
6.70
19w5d
6.80
20w1d
6.90
20w3d
7.00
20w6d
7.10
21w2d
7.20
21w4d
7.30
22w0d
7.40
22w3d
7.50
22w6d
7.60
23w2d
7.70
23w4d
7.80
24w0d
7.90
8.00
Table No. 76 FL
24w3d
24w6d
25w2d
25w5d
26w1d
26w4d
27w0d
27w3d
27w6d
28w2d
28w5d
29w1d
29w4d
30w0d
30w4d
31w0d
31w3d
31w6d
32w2d
32w6d
33w2d
33w5d
34w2d
34w5d
35w2d
35w5d
36w1d
36w5d
37w1d
37w5d
38w1d
38w5d
39w2d
39w5d
40w2d
40w5d
Gestational week
Table No. 77 FL
(O'Brien)
(week)
(cm)
14
1.66
15
1.99
16
2.20
17
2.52
18
2.96
19
3.24
20
3.48
21
3.75
22
4.09
23
4.35
24
4.64
25
4.80
26
5.11
27
5.30
28
5.44
29
5.73
30
5.87
31
6.15
32
6.28
33
6.49
34
6.57
35
6.77
36
6.95
37
7.08
38
7.18
39
7.42
40
7.54
0.25
0.23
0.30
0.29
0.31
0.31
0.25
0.41
0.39
0.36
0.35
0.46
0.50
0.32
0.41
0.43
0.38
0.45
0.42
0.46
0.44
0.48
0.46
0.43
0.56
0.51
0.56
± 2SD
FL
(cm)
1.00
1.20
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.20
2.40
2.60
2.80
3.00
3.20
3.40
3.60
3.80
4.00
4.20
4.40
4.60
4.80
5.00
5.20
5.40
5.60
5.80
6.00
6.20
6.40
6.60
6.80
13w1d
13w5d
14w3d
14w6d
15w4d
16w1d
16w6d
17w4d
18w1d
18w6d
19w5d
20w3d
21w1d
21w6d
22w5d
23w4d
24w2d
25w1d
25w6d
26w5d
27w4d
28w3d
29w2d
30w1d
31w0d
31w6d
32w6d
33w5d
34w4d
35w4d
Gestational week
Table No. 78 FL
9
10
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
22
22
23
24
24
25
26
±day
(Warda)
FL
(cm)
7.00
7.20
7.40
7.60
7.80
8.00
36w3d
37w2d
38w1d
39w0d
39w6d
40w6d
Gestational week
26
27
27
28
29
29
±day
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-118
62
64.6
67.1
69.5
71.8
74
76
78
79.9
81.6
83.2
84.7
86.1
87.3
88.5
89.4
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
59.4
22
56.6
47.8
21
26
44.8
20
25
41.6
19
50.8
38.4
18
53.8
35.2
17
24
31.8
16
23
25
28.5
15
18
21.5
14
14.4
12
13
3%
(week)
—
2-119
97.2
96.1
94.8
93.5
92
90.3
88.6
86.7
84.7
82.6
80.4
78.1
75.7
73.1
70.5
67.8
65
62.1
59.2
56.1
53
49.8
46.5
43.2
39.8
36.3
32.8
29.3
25.6
22
18.3
50%
(Chitty)
Table No. 79 BPD
104.9
103.7
102.3
100.8
99.2
97.4
95.5
93.5
91.4
89.2
86.8
84.4
81.9
79.2
76.5
73.6
70.7
67.7
64.6
61.4
58.1
54.8
51.4
48.0
44.4
40.8
37.2
33.5
29.8
26.0
22.1
— 97% mm
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
(week)
324.5
322.1
319.2
315.6
311.5
306.9
301.7
296
289.8
283.1
275.9
268.3
260.3
251.8
242.9
233.5
223.8
213.8
203.4
192.6
181.5
170.1
158.4
146.4
134.1
121.6
108.8
95.8
82.6
69.1
55.5
3%
—
350.3
347.4
344
340
335.5
330.4
324.8
318.7
312
304.9
297.3
289.2
280.7
271.8
262.5
252.7
242.6
232.1
221.2
210
198.5
186.6
174.5
162
149.3
136.4
123.1
109.7
96
82.2
68.1
50%
(Chitty)
Table No. 80 HC
376.0
372.7
368.9
364.5
359.5
354.0
347.9
341.3
334.3
326.7
318.7
310.2
301.2
291.9
282.1
271.9
261.3
250.4
239.1
227.4
215.5
203.2
190.6
177.7
164.6
151.2
137.5
123.6
109.5
95.2
80.8
— 97% mm
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
(week)
314.5
307.8
300.9
293.8
286.5
279.1
271.5
263.7
255.7
247.6
239.3
230.8
222.3
213.5
204.7
195.7
186.6
177.3
167.9
158.5
148.9
139.2
129.4
119.5
109.5
99.5
89.3
79.1
68.8
58.5
48
3%
Table No. 81 AC
—
356.2
348.4
340.4
332.1
323.7
315.1
306.4
297.5
288.4
279.1
269.7
260.1
250.4
240.5
230.6
220.4
210.2
199.8
189.3
178.7
168
157.1
146.2
135.2
124.1
112.9
101.6
90.3
78.9
67.4
55.8
50%
(Chitty)
398.0
389.0
379.8
370.5
360.9
351.2
341.3
331.3
321.0
310.6
300.1
289.4
278.6
267.6
256.4
245.2
233.8
222.3
210.7
198.9
187.1
175.1
163.1
150.9
138.7
126.4
113.9
101.5
88.9
76.3
63.6
— 97% mm
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
(week)
69
68.1
67.2
66.1
64.9
63.7
62.3
60.8
59.2
57.5
55.7
53.8
51.8
49.8
47.6
45.4
43.1
40.8
38.3
35.8
33.2
30.6
27.9
25.1
22.3
19.4
16.5
13.6
10.6
7.5
4.4
3%
Table No. 82 FL
—
75.6
74.6
73.6
72.4
71.1
69.7
68.2
66.6
64.9
63.1
61.2
59.2
57.1
55
52.7
50.4
48
45.5
42.9
40.3
37.6
34.9
32.1
29.2
26.3
23.3
20.3
17.2
14.1
10.9
7.7
50%
(Chitty)
82.2
81.1
79.9
78.7
77.3
75.8
74.1
72.4
70.6
68.7
66.7
64.6
62.4
60.1
57.8
55.3
52.8
50.2
47.6
44.8
42.0
39.2
36.3
33.3
30.2
27.2
24.0
20.8
17.6
14.4
11.1
— 97% mm
MN1-1175 Rev.9
18.7
20.9
23.1
25.4
27.9
30.4
32.9
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
35.5
16.7
65
81
14.9
63
10.2
57
11.6
9.0
55
13.1
8.1
53
61
7.3
51
59
6.8
43.3
40.9
38.4
35.8
33.1
30.3
27.6
25.0
22.5
20.0
17.8
15.8
14.0
12.5
11.3
10.5
10.1
51.3
49.6
47.0
44.1
41.0
37.8
34.6
31.4
28.3
25.4
22.7
20.4
18.4
17.0
16.0
15.7
16.0
2-120
40
41
42
92.6
35
85.3
92.2
34
83.6
91.5
33
81.7
39
32
79.6
38
31
77.4
90.6
30
75.1
89.6
29
72.6
36
28
70.1
37
27
67.4
88.3
26
64.6
86.9
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
61.7
58.8
55.7
52.6
49.5
46.2
43.0
39.6
36.3
32.9
29.5
26.1
22.7
19.3
15.9
12.6
(mm)
6.1
6.1
5.9
5.9
5.8
5.7
5.6
5.5
5.5
5.4
5.3
5.2
5.1
5.1
5.0
4.9
4.8
4.7
4.6
4.6
4.5
4.4
4.3
4.2
4.1
4.0
4.0
3.9
3.8
3.7
3.6
3.6
3.5
33.1
32.5
31.9
31.3
30.6
29.9
29.2
28.4
27.6
26.8
25.9
25.1
24.2
23.3
22.4
21.4
20.5
19.5
18.5
17.5
16.5
15.5
14.5
13.5
12.5
11.4
10.4
(cm)
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
3.3
3.2
3.2
3.1
3.0
2.9
2.9
2.8
2.7
2.6
2.6
2.5
2.4
2.4
2.3
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.0
2.0
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.4
71.4
70.6
69.6
68.6
67.4
66.0
64.6
63.0
61.4
59.6
57.8
55.8
53.8
51.7
49.6
47.3
45.0
42.7
40.3
37.9
35.4
32.9
30.4
27.8
25.3
22.7
20.1
(mm)
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
5.3
5.2
5.2
5.2
5.1
5.1
5.0
5.0
4.9
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.7
4.6
4.6
4.5
4.5
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.3
4.2
4.2
4.1
4.1
4.0
4.0
FL Gestational week ± 1.5SD
AC Gestational week ± 1.5SD
BPD Gestational week ± 1.5SD
(day) 10% — 50% — 90% mm
49
(JSUM’03)
Table No.86 FL
(JSUM’03)
Table No. 85 AC
(JSUM’03)
Table No. 84 BPD
(JSUM’03)
Table No. 83 CRL
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10.4
9.2
9.3
8.7
7.8
8.5
9.1
8.7
8.6
8.2
7.9
7.7
7.6
7.5
7.4
6.5
6.8
6.4
5.8
5.6
5.2
5
4.3
4
3.4
3
2.5
2.3
1.8
1.4
12.1
10.9
11.7
11.4
10.8
11
10.9
10.8
10.5
10.4
10
9.8
9.8
9.2
8.9
8.5
8.3
7.9
7.5
7.1
6.7
6.3
5.7
5.3
4.7
4.3
3.8
3.1
2.8
2.3
14.5
14
15.7
14.5
12.8
14.1
12.8
12.8
13.6
12.6
12.6
11.8
12.1
11.3
10.9
10.7
10
9.6
9.3
9
8.3
7.9
7
6.6
6.2
5.7
5.3
4.6
4.2
3.3
Gestational week 10% — 50% — 90% ile
(Sonek)
Table No.87 NBL
MN1-1175 Rev.9
10%
280
320
370
420
490
570
660
770
890
1030
1180
1310
1480
1670
1870
2190
2310
2510
2680
2750
2800
2830
2840
2790
(week)
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Table No. 1 FW
—
2-121
3390
3420
3410
3360
3280
3170
3030
2870
2650
2430
2220
2010
1810
1630
1460
1310
1150
990
860
740
640
550
480
410
50%
(Brenner)
FW GROWTH Table
4110
4100
4060
3980
3870
3750
3610
3470
3290
3090
2880
2690
2500
2290
2100
1890
1660
1470
1320
1180
1080
990
920
860
— 90%(g)
3080
3220
40
2928
2767
2600
2428
2254
2079
1906
1735
1568
1407
1253
1106
968
839
720
611
512
425
347
280
223
176
137
(g)
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
(wk)
(Osaka U)
Table No. 2 FW
387
362
339
317
296
276
257
239
222
204
188
171
155
140
125
110
96
83
71
60
50
42
35
31
29
± 1SD(g)
1973
2154
2335
2513
2686
2851
3004
35
36
37
38
39
40
1794
1621
1453
1294
1145
1004
876
758
652
556
471
398
331
275
227
185
150
121
97
77
61
48
37
29
10%
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
(week)
—
3619
3435
3236
3028
2813
2595
2377
2162
1953
1751
1559
1379
1210
1055
913
785
670
568
478
399
331
273
223
181
146
117
93
73
58
45
35
50%
(Hadlock)
Table No. 3 FW
4234
4019
3786
3543
3291
3036
2781
2530
2285
2049
1824
1613
1416
1234
1068
918
784
665
559
467
387
319
261
212
171
137
109
85
68
53
41
— 90%(g)
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
(wk)
3047
2949
2832
2699
2554
2399
2239
2075
1910
1745
1584
1428
1277
1134
999
873
757
650
552
464
384
312
247
188
(g)
(Shinozuka)
Table No. 4 FW
584
553
522
492
463
435
407
380
354
328
303
279
255
233
211
189
169
149
130
112
94
77
61
45
± SD(g)
MN1-1175 Rev.9
10%
132
173
214
223
232
275
319
347
376
549
722
755
789
900
1011
1198
1385
1491
1597
1703
1809
2239
2669
(week)
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Table No. 5 FW
—
2-122
3017
2824
2631
2427
2224
2032
1840
1693
1546
1395
1244
1087
931
793
656
598
540
432
324
300
276
215
154
50%
(Yorkoni)
—
3894
3679
3465
3336
3208
3000
2793
2392
1992
1883
1774
1563
1352
1118
885
880
876
705
534
412
291
249
207
95%(g)
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
(week)
3195
3142
3042
2904
2735
2544
2340
2129
1919
1714
1519
1338
1171
1020
884
765
660
568
490
10%
Table No. 6 FW
—
3717
3685
3597
3462
3288
3083
2859
2622
2383
2146
1918
1702
1502
1319
1153
1005
875
760
660
50%
(Hadlock)
—
4324
4322
4254
4217
3952
3736
3493
3230
2959
2687
2421
2167
1928
1706
1504
1322
1160
1016
889
90%(g)
(g)
3125
3244
41.0
2989
2838
2676
2507
2333
2156
1980
1805
1635
1470
1313
1163
1023
892
771
660
560
469
387
313
247
187
40.0
39.0
38.0
37.0
36.0
35.0
34.0
33.0
32.0
31.0
30.0
29.0
28.0
27.0
26.0
25.0
24.0
23.0
22.0
21.0
20.0
19.0
18.0
(week)
Table No.7 FW
(JSUM’03)
584
553
523
493
463
435
407
380
354
328
303
279
256
233
211
190
169
149
130
112
94
77
61
46
± 1.5SD
MN1-1175 Rev.9
10%
2.5
2.5
2.4
2.4
2.3
2.3
2.2
2.1
2
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.1
0.9
0.8
0.6
0.4
(week)
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
—
2-123
1.4
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 1 4W BPD
—
2.3
2.5
2.7
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.3
4.4
4.4
4.4
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.7
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.8
2.8
10%
—
1.4
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 2 6W BPD
—
2
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.7
2.9
3
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.9
4
4
4.1
4.1
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
0.9
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.7
1.9
2
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.9
2.9
3
10%
—
1.4
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 3 8W BPD
—
1.9
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.7
2.9
3
3.1
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.8
3.9
3.9
4
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
1
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.7
1.8
2
2.1
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.9
3
3
3
3.1
10%
—
1.4
1.6
1.7
1.9
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 4 10W BPD
—
1.8
2
2.1
2.3
2.5
2.6
2.8
2.9
3
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.7
3.7
3.8
3.8
3.9
90%
MN1-1175 Rev.9
6.4
6.2
6
5.8
5.7
24
25
26
27
28
5
4.8
4.5
4.3
4
3.7
31
32
33
34
35
36
5.5
6.5
23
5.2
6.6
22
30
6.8
21
29
7
6.9
7.1
18
20
7.2
17
19
10%
(week)
—
2-124
8.1
8.4
8.7
8.9
9.2
9.4
9.6
9.8
10
10.2
10.4
10.6
10.7
10.9
11
11.1
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.5
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 5 4W AC
—
12.5
12.8
13
13.3
13.5
13.8
14
14.2
14.4
14.6
14.8
14.9
15.1
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6
15.7
15.8
15.9
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
5.2
5.5
5.7
6
6.2
6.5
6.7
6.9
7.1
7.3
7.5
7.6
7.8
7.9
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
10%
—
8.1
8.4
8.7
8.9
9.2
9.4
9.6
9.8
10
10.2
10.4
10.6
10.7
10.9
11
11.1
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.5
50%
(Levon)
Table No.6 6W AC
—
11.1
11.3
11.6
11.9
12.1
12.3
12.6
12.8
13
13.2
13.3
13.5
13.7
13.8
14
14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
5.9
6.2
6.4
6.7
6.9
7.2
7.4
7.6
7.8
8
8.2
8.3
8.5
8.7
8.8
8.9
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
10%
—
8.1
8.4
8.7
8.9
9.2
9.4
9.6
9.8
10
10.2
10.4
10.6
10.7
10.9
11
11.1
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.5
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 7 8W AC
—
10.3
10.6
10.9
11.1
11.4
11.6
11.8
12
12.2
12.4
12.6
12.8
12.9
13.1
13.2
13.4
13.5
13.6
13.7
13.7
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
6.3
6.6
6.9
7.1
7.4
7.6
7.8
8
8.2
8.4
8.6
8.8
8.9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.7
10%
—
8.1
8.4
8.7
8.9
9.2
9.4
9.6
9.8
10
10.2
10.4
10.6
10.7
10.9
11
11.1
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 8 10W AC
—
9.9
10.2
10.5
10.7
11
11.2
11.4
11.6
11.8
12
12.2
12.4
12.5
12.7
12.8
13
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.3
90%
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2
1.9
1.8
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.1
1.1
1
0.9
0.9
0.8
0.8
0.7
0.7
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
2.1
17
18
10%
(week)
—
2-125
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
2
2
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 9 4W FL
—
2.8
2.8
2.9
2.9
3
3
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
4
4.1
4.2
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
10%
—
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
2
2
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 10 6W FL
—
2.4
2.5
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.9
3
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.9
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
10%
—
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
2
2
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
50%
(Levon)
Table No.11 8W FL
—
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.7
3.7
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
1.3
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
10%
—
1.7
1.8
1.8
1.9
1.9
2
2
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 12 10W FL
—
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.5
3.6
90%
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1.7
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.2
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
2
24
1.8
2.1
23
1.9
2.1
22
28
2.2
21
27
2.2
20
2
2.2
19
1.9
2.3
18
26
2.3
17
25
10%
(week)
—
2-126
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.7
3.7
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 13 4W AD
—
4
4.1
4.2
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.5
4.6
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.8
4.9
4.9
4.9
5
5
5
5.1
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
1.7
1.7
1.8
1.9
2
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.4
2.5
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
10%
—
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.7
3.7
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 14 6W AD
—
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.9
4
4.1
4.1
4.2
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.5
4.5
4.6
4.6
4.6
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
1.9
2
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.4
2.5
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.9
2.9
2.9
3
10%
—
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.7
3.7
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 15 8W AD
—
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.8
3.9
4
4
4.1
4.1
4.2
4.2
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.4
4.4
90%
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
(week)
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.6
2.7
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.9
2.9
3
3
3
3.1
3.1
10%
—
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.8
2.9
3
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3
3.4
3.4
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.7
3.7
50%
(Levon)
Table No. 16 10W AD
—
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.8
3.9
3.9
4
4
4.1
4.1
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.2
90%
MN1-1175 Rev.9
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
2-127
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.86
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
0.86
0.7
0.86
0.7
15
GA
14
Upper
(wk)
Lower
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
Lower
(Hadlock)
Table No. 2 FL/AC
(wk)
GA
(Hadlock)
Table No. 1 CI: BPDo/OFDo
Ratio Normal Range
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
0.24
Upper
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
(wk)
GA
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
Lower
(Hohler)
Table No. 3 FL/BPD
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.87
Upper
0.87
0.87
0.93
0.93
40
41
42
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.96
0.99
0.99
1.05
1.05
1.04
1.04
1.05
1.05
1.06
1.06
1.09
1.09
1.07
1.07
1.05
1.05
1.14
1.14
Lower
(Campbell)
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(wk)
GA
Table No. 4 HC/AC
1.00
1.00
1.06
1.06
1.05
1.05
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.17
1.17
1.21
1.21
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.22
1.21
1.21
1.25
1.25
1.26
1.26
1.29
1.29
1.39
1.39
1.31
1.31
Upper
MN1-1175 Rev.9
0.49
0.41
0.41
0.38
0.31
0.29
0.26
0.27
0.29
0.24
0.23
0.18
0.22
0.26
0.23
0.26
0.25
0.23
0.26
0.23
0.24
0.22
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
2-128
34
35
36
37
38
0.33
0.34
0.34
0.31
0.33
0.37
0.36
0.36
0.34
0.37
0.45
0.34
0.36
0.37
0.43
0.42
0.51
0.53
0.54
0.57
0.61
0.67
0.21
0.21
0.22
0.2
40
41
42
0.21
0.21
0.2
0.2
0.19
0.2
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.2
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.18
0.16
0.17
0.16
0.16
0.15
0.13
0.15
Lower
(Hadlock FL HC)
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
0.46
16
0.68
16
0.74
0.38
(wk)
15
Upper
15
Lower
Table No. 6 FL/HC
(wk)
GA
(P&J)
Table No. 5 LVW/HW
0.24
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.23
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.22
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.21
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.21
0.21
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.17
0.17
Upper
MN1-1175 Rev.9
5%
7.90
8.30
8.70
9.00
9.30
9.50
9.70
9.80
9.80
9.70
9.70
9.50
9.40
9.20
9.00
8.80
8.60
8.30
8.10
7.90
7.70
7.50
7.30
7.20
7.10
7.00
6.90
(week)
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
—
2-129
11.00
11.60
12.30
12.70
13.20
13.50
13.80
14.00
14.20
14.30
14.40
14.40
14.50
14.50
14.60
14.60
14.70
14.70
14.70
14.60
14.50
14.30
14.10
13.70
13.30
12.70
12.10
50%
(Moore)
Table No. 1 AFI values
AFI Table
17.50
19.40
21.40
22.60
23.90
24.40
24.90
24.90
24.80
24.50
24.20
23.80
23.40
23.10
22.80
22.60
22.30
22.10
21.90
21.80
21.60
21.40
21.20
20.70
20.20
19.40
18.50
— 95%cm
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
(week)
3.8
4.3
7.8
7.5
8.7
8.8
8.0
Lower
(Phelan)
13.2
13.3
17.0
17.3
18.1
17.4
17.6
Upper(cm)
14.00
14.00
13.70
13.70
40
41
42
16.50
16.50
16.00
16.00
16.50
16.50
15.60
15.60
17.00
17.00
16.40
16.40
16.40
16.40
15.20
15.20
14.50
14.50
14.30
14.30
12.50
12.50
13.70
13.70
9.70
9.70
mean
(Jeng, et. al.)
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
5.50
5.50
4.80
4.80
4.90
4.90
4.90
4.90
4.70
4.70
4.20
4.20
5.00
5.00
4.80
4.80
5.30
5.30
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.10
3.10
3.40
3.40
3.50
3.50
1.70
1.70
1SDcm
MN1-1175 Rev.9
10%
1.29
1.20
1.13
1.08
1.05
1.02
1.00
0.99
0.97
0.96
0.95
0.94
0.92
0.91
0.90
0.88
0.87
0.85
0.82
0.80
0.78
0.75
0.73
0.70
0.68
0.67
0.66
0.66
0.67
(week)
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
—
(Shinozuka)
Table No. 1 Umbilical artery PI
Doppler Range Table
2-130
1.03
1.03
1.04
1.05
1.06
1.08
1.10
1.12
1.14
1.16
1.19
1.21
1.23
1.25
1.27
1.29
1.31
1.33
1.35
1.37
1.41
1.45
1.50
1.57
1.66
1.79
1.97
2.22
2.58
90%
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
(week)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.51
0.52
0.53
0.54
0.55
0.56
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.60
0.61
0.61
0.62
0.62
0.63
0.64
0.64
0.65
0.66
0.67
0.69
0.71
0.73
0.76
10%
—
(Shinozuka)
Table No. 2 Umbilical artery RI
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.68
0.69
0.70
0.70
0.71
0.72
0.73
0.74
0.74
0.75
0.75
0.76
0.77
0.77
0.78
0.78
0.79
0.80
0.81
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.89
0.92
0.96
90%
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
(week)
0.99
1.05
1.12
1.19
1.25
1.32
1.38
1.44
1.49
1.54
1.58
1.61
1.63
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.64
1.62
1.59
1.56
1.51
10%
—
(Shinozuka)
1.83
1.87
1.92
1.98
2.05
2.13
2.21
2.30
2.38
2.45
2.52
2.57
2.61
2.63
2.63
2.60
2.54
2.46
2.34
2.19
2.02
90%
Table No. 3 Middle cerebral arteryPI
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
(week)
0.64
0.66
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.76
0.77
0.78
0.79
0.79
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
10%
—
(Shinozuka)
0.83
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.87
0.88
0.89
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.94
0.95
0.94
0.94
0.93
0.92
0.91
0.89
0.86
90%
Table No. 4 Middle cerebral arteryRI
MN1-1175 Rev.9
5%ile
1.132
1.064
0.965
1.045
1.000
0.883
0.868
0.780
0.880
0.830
0.771
0.740
0.695
0.688
0.677
0.710
0.687
0.710
0.657
0.711
0.649
0.590
(week)
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
2-131
37
38
39
40
41
0.609
0.703
0.750
0.700
0.730
0.719
0.781
0.730
0.739
0.748
0.782
0.810
0.867
0.930
0.838
0.941
0.895
1.012
1.050
1.038
1.100
1.140
10%ile
0.885
0.900
0.900
0.894
0.880
0.900
0.920
0.911
0.940
0.970
0.940
1.010
1.050
1.090
1.060
1.180
1.155
1.260
1.230
1.250
1.300
1.420
50%ile
1.115
1.121
1.085
1.057
1.060
1.080
1.110
1.101
1.150
1.141
1.108
1.246
1.264
1.290
1.322
1.456
1.375
1.476
1.540
1.524
1.492
1.594
90%ile
Table No. 5 Umbilical arteryPI
(JSUM’03)
1.147
1.149
1.138
1.170
1.090
1.142
1.205
1.136
1.194
1.195
1.200
1.324
1.300
1.380
1.384
1.592
1.491
1.594
1.620
1.563
1.518
1.630
95%ile
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
(week)
0.447
0.477
0.498
0.487
0.510
0.499
0.524
0.495
0.515
0.518
0.550
0.551
0.572
0.600
0.564
0.620
0.597
0.656
0.660
0.652
0.684
0.699
5%ile
0.469
0.491
0.530
0.503
0.520
0.520
0.541
0.519
0.539
0.550
0.561
0.574
0.596
0.623
0.590
0.642
0.630
0.661
0.660
0.669
0.710
0.716
10%ile
0.583
0.598
0.616
0.590
0.580
0.598
0.610
0.610
0.619
0.639
0.630
0.653
0.680
0.690
0.680
0.717
0.710
0.750
0.713
0.733
0.760
0.780
50%ile
0.659
0.670
0.673
0.670
0.660
0.668
0.702
0.680
0.711
0.710
0.708
0.748
0.750
0.765
0.767
0.770
0.759
0.790
0.780
0.812
0.808
0.830
90%ile
Table No. 6 Umbilical arteryRI
(JSUM’03)
0.690
0.690
0.695
0.680
0.684
0.690
0.710
0.695
0.732
0.736
0.735
0.769
0.768
0.786
0.780
0.807
0.781
0.810
0.781
0.860
0.819
0.832
95%ile
MN1-1175 Rev.9
1.344
1.375
1.377
1.238
1.516
1.500
1.583
1.509
1.508
1.415
1.349
1.235
1.258
1.188
1.080
1.045
1.011
1.070
0.925
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
2-132
40
41
0.994
1.070
1.175
1.086
1.172
1.326
1.350
1.520
1.437
1.480
1.564
1.600
1.635
1.530
1.666
1.344
1.455
1.446
1.388
1.550
1.280
1.560
1.545
1.540
1.700
1.920
1.835
1.935
1.911
2.000
2.125
2.060
1.938
2.100
1.640
1.880
1.625
1.646
1.580
1.885
1.738
1.809
1.970
1.950
2.224
2.350
2.270
2.243
2.360
2.656
2.690
2.408
2.393
2.340
2.118
2.232
2.024
2.070
1.930
1.917
1.849
1.918
2.091
1.994
2.407
2.473
2.310
2.306
2.413
2.812
2.717
2.606
2.488
2.483
2.367
2.249
2.230
2.154
2.110
1.989
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
23
1.290
1.880
2.320
1.220
1.580
1.550
2.192
22
1.290
1.433
0.592
0.652
0.600
0.652
0.640
0.679
0.720
0.700
0.733
0.738
0.776
0.779
0.770
0.765
0.790
0.700
0.752
0.740
0.713
0.720
0.712
0.746
0.615
0.660
0.664
0.670
0.692
0.718
0.730
0.770
0.757
0.770
0.791
0.799
0.800
0.775
0.800
0.736
0.772
0.743
0.742
0.720
0.730
0.750
0.742
0.710
0.790
0.777
0.760
0.800
0.843
0.832
0.840
0.843
0.852
0.869
0.870
0.842
0.860
0.781
0.836
0.807
0.805
0.790
0.790
0.790
50%ile
1.250
10%ile
1.426
5%ile
21
95%ile
20
90%ile
(week)
50%ile
5%ile
(week)
10%ile
Table No. 8 Middle cerebral arteryRI
(JSUM’03)
Table No. 7 Middle cerebral arteryPI
(JSUM’03)
0.837
0.800
0.820
0.857
0.850
0.900
0.912
0.891
0.883
0.900
0.984
0.926
0.910
0.910
0.895
0.864
0.929
0.857
0.866
0.840
0.850
0.882
90%ile
0.849
0.837
0.841
0.869
0.860
0.922
0.923
0.905
0.892
0.913
1.000
0.941
0.929
0.920
0.910
0.922
0.949
0.860
0.883
0.870
0.869
0.926
95%ile
MN1-1175 Rev.9
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-7.Abbreviation
2-7.
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
Meaning
AB
Abortus
AC
AD
Abdominal Diameter
AF
Amniotic Fluid
AFI
Amniotic Fluid Index
AF Pocket
Amnio Fluid Pocket
AFV
Amniotic Fluid Volume
APTD or (APD)
A×T
APTD × TTD
B
B(CTR,CTAR)
BBT
Based on Basal Body Temperature
BD
Binocular Distance
BPD
Biparietal Diameter
BPDo
Biparietal Diameter (outer - outer)
CD
Cerebral Diameter
CI
Cephalic Index
CRL
Crown Rump Length
CSA
Cross Sectional Area
CTAR
Cardio thoracic Area Ratio
CTR
Cardio thoracic Ratio
D-Ao
Descending Aorta
ECTOP
Ectopic
EDC
Estimated Date of Confinement
EDV
EDV
End Diastolic Volume
EES
Early Embryonic Size
EF
Ejection Fraction
ESV
End Systolic Volume
FHR
Fetus Heart Rate
FIB
Fibula
FL
Femur Length
FS
Fractional Shortening
FTA
Fetal Trunk cross-sectional Area
2-133
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-7.Abbreviation
Abbreviation
Meaning
FW
Fetus Weight
GA
Gestational Age
Grav
Gravida
GS
Gestational Sac
Lt
Left
LMP
Last Menstrual Period
HC
Head Circumference
HL
Humerus Length
HW
Hemispheric Width
IOD
Inner Orbital Diameter
LLQ
Left Lower Quadrant
LUQ
Left Upper Quadrant
LV
Length of Vertebrae
LV Function
Left Ventricular Function
LVIDd,s
Left ventricular Internal Diameter (diastole,Systole)
LVOT
Left Ventricular Out Tract diameter
LVOT Flow
Left Ventricular Outflow Tract Flow
LVW
Lateral Ventricular Width
MCA
Middle Cerebral Artery
mGS
mean Gestational Sac
MnV
Mean Velocity
NBL
Nasal Bone Length
OBDop1-3
OB Doppler 1-3
OFD
Occipital Frontal Diameter
OFDo
Occipital Frontal Diameter (outer - outer)
OOD
Para
Para
PI
Pulsatility Index
PLI
Preload Index
PreFHR
Fetus Heart Rate Before Biopsy
Pst FHR
Fetus Heart Rate after Biopsy
PSV
pV
peak Velocity
RAD
Radius length
2-134
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-7.Abbreviation
Abbreviation
Meaning
Renal-A
Renal Artery
RI
Resistance Index
RLQ
Right Lower Quadrant
RUQ
Right Upper Quadrant
Rt
Right
Rt./Lt.
Right/Left
RVDd
Right Ventricular Diameter(diastole)
RVOT
Right Ventricular Out Tract diameter
RVOT Flow
Right Ventricular Outflow Tract Flow
S/D
S/D ratio
SF
Systolic forward Flow PLI
SV
Stroke Volume
TC
Thoracic Circumference
TIB
Tibia length
TL
Thoracic Length
TTD(or TAD)
Transverse Trunk Diameter (or Transverse Abdominal Diameter)
ULNA
Ulna length
UmA
Umbilical Artery
US-EDC
Estimated Date of Confinement by Ultrasound all GA parameters
US-GA
Composite GA by Ultrasound
UtA
Uterine Artery
VTI
2-135
MN1-1175 Rev.9
2-7.Abbreviation
2-136
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-1.Preface
3. GYNECOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT
3-1.
Preface
The description concerning the gynecological measurement functions is divided into the following six sub-clauses.
3-1.
Preface
3-2.
Outline of GYN Measurement Functions
3-3.
3-4.
Report Function
3-5.
Preset Function
3-6.
Calculation Formula & Reference
This section describes the procedure for carrying out gynecological measurements, based on the assumption that the
equipment is in an as-shipped condition.
Descriptions of the basic operations of the measurement functions and each measurement method (mark type = Caliper, Trace, etc.) are given in the Section 1. “MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS”.
3-1
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-2.Outline of gynecological Measurement Functions
3-2.
Outline of gynecological Measurement Functions
3-2-1. Outline of Function
Gynecological measurements use studies consisting of various combinations of measurement menu, report display,
and so on, depending upon the part being examined and the purpose of the examination.
[Remark]
When the equipment leaves the factory, it contains “GYN”, “Follicles” and “Bladder” measurements.
Each study consists of a combination of the following obstetric measurements.
: Items that are displayed on the factory default.
Mode
B
Measurement
Measurement
function
menu
Uterus
Uterus
measurement
Endom-T
(the thickness of
the endometrium)
Cervix
Cervix
Rt.Ovary
measurement
Lt.Ovary
Ovary
Rt.Fol.
measurement
Lt.Fol.
Bladder
PreBldr Vol
measurement
PstBldr Vol
D
Ovarian artery
measurement
Uterine artery
measurement
Rt.UtA
Lt.UtA
Rt.OvA
Lt.OvA
GYN.Dop 1
GYN Dop 2
GYN.Dop 3
Display item
Remark
Ut-V, Ut-L, Ut-AP, Ut-W
Endom-T
← Measure at two cross-sections.
← Measure at one cross-section.
Crv-L, Crv-AP, Crv-W
Ov-V, Ov-L, Ov-AP, Ov-W
← Measure at a number of crosssections.
Same as the above
Rt.Follicles
Lt.Follicles
Bl-V, Bl-L, Bl-W, BL-AP
Same as the above
Void Vol
PI, RI, S/D, PSV, EDV, MnV,
Same as the above
PI, RI, S/D, PSV, EDV, MnV,
Same as the above
Same as the above
Same as the above
Same as the above
3-2
← Measurement can be performed at
up to 10 points at both left and right.
The amount of urine discharged is
calculated from these two
measurement results and displayed
in the report.
GYN.Dop1 — 3:
It is possible to freely define and use
a name according to the particular
purpose and application.
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-2-2. Items of Particular Note
In Follicles and Endom-T measurement, it is possible to display management of change in growth along with the
passage of time, based on the menstrual cycle.
In this case, enter the LMP (last menstrual period) or BBT (basal body temperature).
the observation monitor. They are controlled as positive and negative values for the purpose of calculating the arithmetic index.If the display of each measured value in a report is set to "Average" in a preset, the positive and negative
values are added together and displayed as a mean value. Consequently, when performing multiple measurements
of blood flow on the blood flow waveform drawn using the color Doppler method as a guide, use identical recording
conditions (forward and reverse flow directions) for all of the blood flow waveforms in order to correctly display
each of the arithmetic values arranged in the report.
3-3.
Obstetrical measurements use the following studies.
GYN (for general gynecologic measurement)
Follicles (for follicles)
Bladder (for bladder measurement)
Each measurement name displayed on the measurement menu is determined by the selected study.
<Method of changing a study>
When a study name in the topmost area of the MEASUREMENT is selected, a list of study names appears, so make
a selection.
MEASURE
MENT
SET
3-3
SET
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-3-1. B mode
3-3-1-1.
Uterus measurement
The uterus is approximated to an ellipsoid, then the length of the longitudinal view (length), the anterior-posterior
(A-P), and the width of the transverse view (Width) are measured, and the volume is calculated.
AP
Endometrium
Length
Anterior Posterior
Diameter (AP)
Longitudinal View
Width
Transverse View
[Remark]
Measure these three axes in such a way that they intersect each other.
[Remark]
You can perform this measurement using GYN Study.
<Operation method>
(1)
Display the vertical and horizontal images of the uterus in the 2B mode.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Uterus.
→
(3)
Press the + switch.
→
(4)
Measure A-P using a vertical image.
Press the + switch.
→
(5)
The + mark is displayed and also
tom of the screen, so measure Length using a longitudinal view image.
Measure the width using a transverse view image.
The volume (Ut-V) is calculated.
Press the SET switch to finalize this measurement.
<Uterus results display example>
Uterus
Ut-V :
Ut-L :
Ut-AP:
Ut-W :
cm3
cm
cm
cm
Uterus Volume
Uterus Length
Uterus Anterior-posterior
Uterus Width
3-4
is displayed at the bot-
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-3-1-2.
Endom-T measurement
Measure the thickness of the endometrium.
Endometrial
Thickness
Endometrium
Endometrial Thickness
Longitudinal View
Transverse View
[Remark]
When evaluating the change in the thickness of the endometrium based on the menstrual cycle, first enter the LMP
(last menstrual period) or BBT (basal body temperature) on the ID screen.
[Remark]
You can perform this measurement using GYN Study or Follicles Study.
<Operation method>
(1)
Display the image of the endometrium.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Endom-T.
→
(3)
The + mark is displayed, so measure the endometrium.
→
<Endom-T results display example>
Endom-T
cm
3-5
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-3-1-3.
Cervix measurement
Measure the major and minor axes of the longitudinal view of the uterine cervix (Length, AP) and the major axis of
the transverse view (Width).
AP
Length
Anterior Posterior
Diameter (AP)
Longitudinal View
Width
Transverse View
Bladder
Uterus
Cervix
[Remark]
<Operation method>
(1)
Display the vertical and transverse view images of the uterine cervix in the 2B mode.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Endom-T.Cervix.
→
(3)
Press the + switch.
→
(4)
Measure the A-P using the longitudinal view image.
Press the + switch.
→
(5)
the screen, so measure the Length using the longitudinal view image.
Measure the Width using the transverse view image.
→
<Cervix results display example>
Cervix
Crv-L :
Crv-AP:
Crv-W :
cm
cm
cm
Cervix Length
Cervix Anterior-posterior
Cervix Width
3-6
appears at the bottom of
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-3-1-4.
Ovary measurement
The left and right ovaries are approximated to ellipsoids, then the length of the longitudinal view (Length), the anterior-posterior (A-P), and the width of the transverse view (Width) are measured, and from the results the volume
of the ovaries is calculated.
Length
AP
AP
Width
[Remark]
Two measurement menus, Rt. Ovary and Lt. Ovary are provided.
The measurement procedure for both is the same.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using Rt.Ovary as an example.
(1)
Display the vertical and horizontal images of the right ovary in the 2B mode.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Rt.Ovary.
→
(3)
Press the + switch.
→
(4)
Press the + switch.
→
(5)
Measure the Width using the transverse view image.
Volume(Ov-V) is computed.
→
<Ovary results display example>
Rt.Ovary
Ov-V :
Ov-L :
Ov-AP:
Ov-W :
cm3
cm
cm
cm
3-7
Ovary Volume
Ovary Length
Ovary Anterior-posterior
Ovary Width
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-3-1-5.
Follicles measurement
This function measures the size of the left and right follicles. You can measure up to 10 follicles in each of the left
and right ovaries.
Two measurement menus, Rt.Follicles and Lt.Follicles, are provided.
The operation procedure for both kinds of measurement is the same.
Follicle
Anterior-posterior/
left-right diameter
[Remark]
When evaluating the change in the number of follicles and the follicle diameter based on the menstrual cycle, first
enter the LMP (last menstrual period) or BBT (basal body temperature).
[Remark]
If you wish to measure both the front-rear and left-right axes of each follicle, change over the measurement method
to the 2 Caliper method or the Cross Caliper method. For details, Refer to Section 3-5-2. “PRESET list”
[Remark]
You can perform this measurement using Follicles Study.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using Rt.Follicles or Caliper as an example.
(1)
Record an image showing the follicles of the right ovary.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Rt.Follicles.
→
The + mark appears and then measure the follicle.
[Remark]
When using the 2 Caliper method or the Cross Caliper method, if you press the MARK REF switch after performing
step 2 the + mark for the second axis will appear. If you wish to continue performing measurement, press the +
switch.
[Remark]
When measuring by either 2 Caliper (avg) method or Cross Caliper (avg) method, the mean value along with the
values of the two axes is displayed.
(3)
→
3-8
MN1-1175 Rev.9
<Follicles results display example>
Rt-Follicles
cm
← First follicle measurement value
[Remark]
When measured by 2Caliper(avg) or Cross Caliper(avg) method, average value is displayed together with the values
of the 2 axes.
[Remark]
When measured by Caliper(Vol) method, volume is displayed together with the measured value.
[Remark]
You can measure up to 10 follicles.
The number of follicles is displayed in front of the measurement value.
3-3-1-6.
Bladder Volume measurement
This function enables you to calculate the volume of the bladder before and after it is full, and to calculate the amount
of urine discharged from the difference in these values.
The bladder is approximated to an ellipsoid, then the left of the major axis of the longitudinal view (AP, Width) are
measured, and from these results the volume of the bladder is calculated.
A-P
Length
Width
[Remark]
Two measurement menus, Pre Bldr Vol and Pst Bldr Vol, are provided.
The procedure for measuring the volume both before and after urination is the same.
[Remark]
You can perform this measurement using Bladder Study.
<Operation method>
Here is an explanation using Pre Bldr Vol as an example.
(1)
Record the vertical and horizontal images of the bladder before and after urination in the 2B mode.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Pre Bldr Vol.
→
(3)
Press the + switch.
→
(4)
Press the + switch.
→
Measure the Width using the transverse view image. Volume(Bl-V) is computed.
3-9
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(5)
→
<Bladder Volume results display example>
PreBldr Vol.
Bl-V :
cm3 ← Bladder Volume
Bl-L :
cm
← Bladder Length
Bl-AP:
cm
← Bladder Anterior-posterior
The same measurement items are displayed
Bl-W :
cm
← Bladder Width
for PstBldr Vol too.
[Remark]
Display the amount of urine discharged (Pre-Pst) from the volume (PreBldr Vol) calculated using Pre Bldr Vol measurement and the volume (Pst Bldr Vol) calculated using Pst Bldr Vol measurement.
3-10
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-3-2. D mode
3-3-2-1.
Uterine Artery, Ovarian Artery measurement
Gynecological Dop mode measurements include measurement of blood flow through the left and right uterine arteries and also measurement of blood flow through the ovarian arteries.
A waveform for each artery is traced, and the blood flow measurement data (PI, RI, S/D), and so on, is obtained.
Two measurement menus for the uterine arteries, Tr.UtA and Lt.UtA, and two measurement menus for the ovarian
arteries, Rt.OvA and Lt.OvA are provided.
The procedure for performing each measurement is the same.
[Remark]
In PI and RI measurement, the peak systolic velocity (PSV) and the end diastolic velocity (EDV) are used.
There are also reports stating that these indexes use the minimum diastolic velocity.
The end diastolic velocity and the minimum diastolic velocity are not necessary the same.
Consequently, when performing these measurements, manually move the time phase of the EDV to the end diastolic
point or to the minimum velocity point.
[Remark]
<Operation method>
The following description is for Rt.UtA measurement.
(1)
Record the blood flow Doppler waveform for the right uterine artery.
(2)
Press the MEASUREMENT switch, and select Rt.UtA.
→
A line cursor (vertical) is displayed.
(A + mark is displayed in the case of the Manual Trace method.)
S
D
(3)
Using the Dop Trace method, trace the Doppler waveform.
→
PI, RI, S/D, and so on, are measured, and line cursors accompanied by the letters “S” and “D” appear.
[Remark]
Adjust the line cursors accompanied by the letters “S” and “D” using the MARK REF switch and the trackball.
“S”: Peak Systolic Velocity point “D”: End Diastolic Velocity point
[Remark]
In the Dop Trace method, the operation method for Auto Trace is different from that of Manual Trace.
For details of the operation procedure, refer to Section 1-7-4-5. “The measurement procedure of the Dop-Trace
method”.
3-11
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(4)
→
<Uterine Artery, Ovarian Artery results display example>
Rt.UtA
PI :
RI :
S/D :
PSV :
EDV :
MnV :
3-3-2-2.
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
← Systolic / Diastolic
← Peak Systolic Velocity
← End Diastolic Velocity
← Mean velocity
GYN. Dop 1( - 3) measurement
You can register (or create) up to three measurements of arterial blood flow other than the blood flow through the
uterus or the ovaries by using the Preset function.
The procedure for performing all of the blood flow measurements created here is the same as that for Uterine Artery.
<GYN. Dop 1 results display example>
GYN
PI
RI
S/D
PSV
EDV
MnV
Dop1
:
:
:
:
:
:
cm/s
cm/s
cm/s
← Systolic / Diastolic
← Peak Systolic Velocity
← End Diastolic Velocity
← Mean velocity
3-12
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4.
Report function
A report arranges and displays each index value and measurement value for gynecological measurement and also
related patient information.
A report displays only the results of measurement. You can register up to six measurement values in a report.
[Remark]
You can set the number of values to be registered using Report Display of Preset.
[Remark]
Be sure to enter patient data (Patient ID, Name, etc.) on the ID screen.
3-4-1. Basic Operation of a Report
3-4-1-1.
Displaying a Report
The following two patterns are used to display values in a report.
(1)
(2)
Select Report from the measurement menu.
3-4-1-2.
Ending a Report
The following two patterns are used to end a report.
(1)
(2)
Select the Return button on the Report screen.
3-4-1-3.
Function buttons on a Report
The following buttons are displayed on the top section of the Report screen.
Study name
Return
Header
Prev, Next
Study name
US Image
Output
Closes the report.
Switches the header block (patient data display) between Long Form and Short Form.
Advances or returns the page in block units.
Switch the study of the displayed report.
Displays an ultrasound image in the report.
Outputs report data to a personal computer.
3-13
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-2. Report Block
A report block is the unit used to display data (each set of gynecological measurement data).
It arranges pertinent ultrasound information such as Header (patient information) block, Site information (facilities
information) block, and Uterus block.
Patient information block from ID screen
Comment
Facilities information
(examination, etc.) block input
from ID screen
from ID screen measurement result
3-4-2-1.
Function for displaying the past reports.
It can display the past reports that are on the requested dates.
However, it is not possible to Edit ( revision / deletion) the past measurement records.
(1)
Move the arrow to the
→
(2)
of the combo box identifying the exam. date, and press the SET switch.
The exam. date of the past is displayed.
Select the exam. date desired to display, and press the SET switch.
→
The report of the requested exam. date is displayed.
3-14
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-2-2.
Comment input function
You can enter comments concerning an ultrasound examination as the results of an ultrasound examination.
(1)
Move the arrow to <Comments>, and press the SET switch.
→
A text box for entering a comment appears.
(2)
Enter a comment from the keyboard.
(3)
Select OK.
Push buttons
Text box
Scroll bar
[Remark]
If you select Cancel, the entered contents are canceled.
3-15
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-2-3.
Edit (edits the data) function
You can delete or modify the measurement results in a report.
[Remark]
You can only edit values displayed in yellow.
<Operation method>
(1)
Move the arrow to the measurement value, and press the SET switch.
→
The Edit dialog box is displayed.
All of the measured values are displayed.
Value used as the report result
(2)
Delete:
Select the measurement value to be deleted, and press Delete.
→
(3)
The specified measurement value is deleted, so select OK.
Modify:
Select the measurement value to be modified, enter the new value from the keyboard, then select OK.
3-16
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
(4)
Change to a different measurement value:
You can change a measurement value displayed on a report to a different measurement value.
→
The displayed color of the selected part changes, so press OK.
[Remark]
This function operates only when the setting “Always display the latest measurement value (last measurement value)
on the report screen” is activated. If the result is set to the mean value, it remains unchanged regardless of what measurement value is selected.
(Refer to Section 3-5-2. “PRESET list” Report Data)
(5)
Displaying a modified measurement value
The mark “#” is attached to the beginning of a measurement item that was modified by entering a numerical
value.
[Remark]
Like PI and RI measurement, there are two items of blood flow velocity data (PSV and EDV) within the period between two heartbeats that are mutually related.
Perform an editing operation so as to maintain the mutual time phase relationship.
3-17
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-3. Description of Various Data Displayed in a Report
3-4-3-1.
Patient Information
The meaning of Patient Information displayed in an gynecological measurement report is as follows.
LMP
Cycle day
GRAV
PARA
AB
ECTO
3-4-3-2.
: Date of the last menstruation period
: Dates from LMP till exam day
: Number of gravida
: Number of para
: Number of abortions or miscarriages
: Number of ectopic pregnancies
GYN Report
This function enables you to display the measurement results of GYN Study.
Uterus,Endom-T,Cervix
Rt./Lt.Ovary measurement results are
displayed
Doppler measurement results are displayed
Position where a comment can be input.
[Remark]
In GYN Report, you can enter comments concerning the position of the uterus and the uterine tubes from your impressions of the ultrasound image.
The method of entering comments is the same as that of Section 3-4-2-2. “Comment input function”.
Move the arrow to <Text box>, then press the SET switch and enter a comment.
3-18
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-3-3.
Follicles Report
This function enables you to display the measurement results of Follicles Study.
The current Rt./Lt.Fol and Endom-T
measurement results are displayed here.
A history of the current and past measurement results is displayed here.
→ If you performed a measurement in
the past, the date is added to the Exam.
Date column.
The drug dosage, serum hormone
value, and so on, for current and past
measurements are input.
→ Drug & Serum input function
Pull down menu
Text box for unit input
[Remark]
In the Follicles Report, you can display up to 10 follicles for each of the left and right ovaries in ascending order of
size.
If you measure more than 10 follicles, the measurement results will be deleted in sequence from the smallest follicle.
[Remark]
When measuring the follicle diameter along two axes (2 Caliper method or Cross Caliper method), the measurement
results for the two axes are displayed. In the case of 2-axis measurement, the larger of the two results is displayed
in the history display of the current and past measurement results.
When measuring the follicle diameter by the two-axis mean (Either 2 Caliper (avg) or Cross Caliper (avg)), the mean
value is displayed along with the values of the two axes. In the history display of current and past, the mean value
(avg) is displayed.
[Remark]
There is no limit to the number of sets of past data that can be displayed. However, the LMP data entered in Patient
Information is a reference, so data that is older than LMP is not displayed.
Also, note that you cannot display measurement data that is earlier than LMP unless you first enter LMP (last menstrual period) or BBT (basal body temperature).
3-19
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
<Drug & Serum input function>
Here, you can enter the results of ovary follicle measurement and also remarks such as drug dosage and serum hormone value for current and past measurements.
The following two patterns can be used as setting methods.
(1)
Specify the drug and serum from the pull-down menu.
a.
Move the arrow to
→
b.
of the specified text box, and press the SET switch.
A list of gynecological drugs and serum hormone names is displayed.
Using the trackball, select a name, and press the SET switch.
→
The specified name is transferred to the text box.
(2)
Directly enter (register) the drug and serum names.
a.
Move the arrow into the text box, and press the SET switch.
→
Enter the drug and serum names from the keyboard.
The entered information is registered as a user registration in the above list.
Pull down menu list
Drug Administration
No entry (Blank display)
Pergonal
Clomiphene
Metrodin
hCG
Lepren
Serum Level
No entry
Estradiol
Pnojeslerene
β HCG
LH
FSH
3-20
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-3-4.
Bladder Report
This function enables you to display the measurement results of Bladder Study.
Void Volume
[Remark]
The Void Volume is calculated from (PreBldr Vol - Pst Bldr Vol).
3-21
Pre Bldr Vol,
Pst Bldr Vol measurement
results are displayed
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-3-5.
Anatomy Check List Report
Anatomy Check List is a function that displays anatomical comments concerning the uterus, ovaries, and so on, and
also comments concerning waveforms, as a checklist. It is displayed in the Anatomy Check List Block.
You can make a selection from the built-in checklist and user registration checklist.
Fig. Report on Anatomy CL Study Display example
[Remark]
On the factory default, this study is not displayed.
(Refer to Section 3-5-2. “PRESET list” Study Assignment)
<Operation method>
A checklist consists of headings and selections.
Heading
Selection
3-22
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
Make a selection from the pull-down menu
(1)
Move the arrow to
→
(2)
of the specified selection, and press the SET switch.
A selection list of opinions appears.
Using the trackball, select a comment and press the SET switch.
→
The specified item is tranfered to Selection.
The arrow moves to next Selection.
[Remark]
To register a number of items, repeat step (2).
[Remark]
The built-in choices can be registered by the user. Refer to Section 3-5-2. “PRESET LIST”
3-23
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-4. Function that Attaches an Ultrasound Image to a Report
This function automatically display the current ultrasound image acquired by the examiner in the US Image block
of the report.
Also, by using the Review function at the bottom of the Report screen, it is possible to display all of the images stored
in an HDD and MO as thumbnail images. You can also select one of these images, and display it in the report.
When you select “US Image” on the report screen, the US Image block (ultrasound image page) is displayed.
To return to a normal report, select “US Image” once again.
3-4-4-1.
Images that can be attached to a report
Images that can be attached to a report are the various ultrasound images of the same patient that are stored in the
medium (HDD or MO) at the storage destination.
3-4-4-2.
Limit for holding attached images
Attached images are held until the New Patient function is executed.
3-24
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-4-3.
Method of attaching images
1) Auto Paste function
The number of images set using the Preset function is automatically selected from the latest images stored in the
HDD or MO and displayed on the US Image block.
[Remark]
The number of displayed images and the display format can be set only by the Preset function.
The factory settings are Display Pasted US Image Form on the Screen: 2 × 2, and Number of US Images to be Automatically Displayed: 4.
The figure at right shows examples of factory settings.
Select “Review” to change the image
displayed on the report.
Regarding the display sequence, the images are automatically pasted from the latest recorded image, from top left
to bottom right.
[Remark]
You can set the format of an image displayed on the Report screen to 1 × 1, 2 × 2, 3 × 2 or 3 × 3.
3-25
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
2) Function for pasting an image to be displayed instead of an existing image
This function enables you to change the automatically attached image to another image, or to add an image.
<Operation method>
(1)
Select Review at bottom right of the US Image block screen.
→
(2)
All of the images of the patient concerned that are stored in an HDD or MO are displayed as thumbnail
images.
Move the arrow to the image that you wish to display, and press the SET switch.
→
The selected image is displayed with a blue border.
Select desire US image as follows
ID ：1234567890
Name：abcdefghijklmnop
Return
Current Exam. View
The displayed3 screen
shows images acquired
during the current
examination.
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
Prev.
Next
Change View
Paste Desired US
Function that changes over the conditions under which
the images are displayed on the thumbnail display
Current Exam.
: Images acquired during the
current examination
Current & Post Exam : All current and past images
for the same patient
Fig. Thumbnail display
[Remark]
If you wish to select a number of images, repeat step (2). Pressing the SET switch on the selected image erases the
blue border.
(3)
Move the arrow to Paste Desired US, and press the SET switch.
→
The selected image is displayed in the US Image block.
[Remark]
Regarding the “Change View” function
By selecting Change View at the bottom of the thumbnail display, you can also display past images for the same
patient as thumbnail display.
[Remark]
Each time you select Change View, the display conditions switch over between “current image only” and “current
and past images”. The particular set of conditions displayed is indicated at top right of the thumbnail screen.
3-26
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-5. Printing Function
This function outputs the entire report data to a dedicated local printer via a Centronics interface.
The printed data is a text data or graphical data ultrasound image.
3-4-5-1.
(1)
Operation sequence
Select Output
→
(2)
Select “to Printer”, and press OK.
→
(3)
A select device dialog box appears.
The Print Data Selection dialog box appears.
Select the block that you wish to print.
→
The selected block name is highlighted in blue.
[Remark]
To cancel the selection, re-select the same block.
(4)
Enter the number of copies, and select Print.
→
Printing starts, and the dialog box closes.
Printing starts.
This function is ended without
printing taking place.
[Remark]
Without selecting the Output, it is feasible to output reports to either PC Printer or DICOM Printer during preparing
reports at the operating panel. For doing this operation, PC Printer or DICOM Printer shall be preset to the operating
panel beforehand. The output to the DICOM Printer, however, is limited to the screen displayed at that time.
3-27
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-5-2.
Property function
This function enables you to make the minimum necessary detailed settings for a local printer.
(1)
Printer name
: Select the model of the printer to be used.
(2)
Paper sizes
: Set the size of the paper to be used. (US letter, A4 alternative selection)
(3)
Title Inform
: Enter the Report Title information
You can enter up to 80 characters. The print position is always Center.
(4)
Site Inform
: Enter the facilities information (department, address, telephone No., FAX No., etc.).
You can enter up to 80 characters x 5 lines. The print position is always Center.
(5)
Orientation
: Set the orientation of the paper.
At present, the orientation is set to Portrait (vertical direction printing) only.
(6)
US Image Form
: When printing the US Image block, you can change the printing format to 1 × 2, 1 × 3,
2 × 2 or 2 × 4.
(7)
Signature
: Select whether to insert only the name of the physician, or the names of both the physician and the sonographer.
[Remark]
These settings are held subsequently so long as they are not renewed.
3-28
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-6. Output to a Personal Computer
This function outputs the entire report to a personal computer using an RS-232C interface.
3-4-6-1.
(1)
Operation procedure
Select the output.
→
(2)
The Select Device dialog box is displayed.s
Select “to PC”.
→
The “Repeat study” dialog box appears.
[Remark]
If an ID is not input, a message to that effect will appear.
Press the ID key on the front panel.
(3)
If you wish to repeat a study, select “Yes” and press OK.
→
Communication starts.
[Remark]
If you select Cancel, the system returns to the status that existed prior to the execution of this function.
[Remark]
The patient data and all of the data registered in the report (excluding the ultrasound image data) is output to a personal computer as output data.
3-29
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-4.Report function
3-4-7. Output to a CSV file
This function outputs the values registered in the report (measured values only) and the comment data to an MO or
floppy disk as a CSV file.
3-4-7-1.
(1)
Operation procedure
Select the Output.
→
(2)
The “Select device” dialog box is displayed.
Select the Export CSV File.
→
The media selection dialog box appears.
[Remark]
The filename is automatically attached by means of[ID- Date Application], but can be changed by entering the desired name from the keyboard.
(3)
Select FD or MO, enter the filename, and then press OK.
→
The data is written to the selected medium.
[Remark]
If you select Cancel, the equipment will return to the condition that existed prior to the execution of this function.
[Remark]
When you open the CSV file, the patient information, numerical values and comments appear in that sequence.
3-30
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-5.Preset function
3-5.
Preset function
3-5-1. Preset Settings
The gynecological measurement preset consists broadly of the following three functions.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Create MEASUREMENT Tools= Settings related to the measurement procedure, mark size, and report display.
Study Assignment
= Sets the menu, transfer list, report display configuration, and so on, for
each study.
SW Assignment
= Settings for assigning various measurement functions to switches for
shortcut operations
The preset functions related to obstetrical measurements and their configuration are shown below.
GYN Preset
Setting of the items that are common to GYN measurement and Basic
measurements.
Basic Measurement
Refer to Section 1-10. “Preset Function”
Application Measurement
Settings concerning the GYN measurement to be used, Mark Style and result display.
Selection and setting of each GYN measurement method, Mark Style and result
display items.
B.Mode
M.Mode
D.Mode
F.Mode
Setting of the measurement mark size and dot line. Substituted by Basic
measurement preset.
Unit Selection
Setting of the display unit for performing GYN measurement. Substituted by Basic
measurement preset.
Caliper Auto Off
Setting of the measurement mark for canceling a freeze condition, and also the
automatic result erasure function.
Report Data
value or not ).
Anatomy Check List
Display Form
Mark Display
Study Assignment
Study name
Setting of the Anatomy Check List.
Setting of the GYN measurement result display style.
Seting for displaying a caliper.
Setting of measurement menu registration, report display configuration, and transfer
list for each Ultrasound Examination Study.
Built-in : GYN, Follicles, Bladder
Menu Assiginment
Function that can create and edit the measurement menu.
Setting of the check list to be displayed on the report.
Function that enables the configuration of a report to be edited
Function that enables a transfer destination list of the measurement results to be
created and edited.
Other
SW Assignment
Setting of registration of direct execution switches.
Function that assigns the measurements to be executed when the + switch is pressed.
Hot Key Assignment
Function that assigns the measurement function that is activated when a specific
Function that assigns a measurement function that is activated when the user switch
is pressed.
3-31
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-5.Preset function
3-5-2. PRESET list
• GYN Preset
Returns the registered contents to their default setting
• Create Measurement Tools
Basic Measurement
Refer to Section 1-10-4. “Create
MEASUREMENT Tools”
• Measured Method & Display Items (1/2)
3-32
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-5.Preset function
• Caliper Auto Off setting
OFF
ON
All Mark Erase
Remain Active Mark
: Results and marks not erased
: Results and marks all erased
: Only marks erased
: Erases all marks other than for
measurement during starting
• Report Data
Selects either average values or the latest values,
sets the number of data items registered, and sets
measurement data reuse On/Off.
Pasting of Image
• Anatomy Check List
Built-in checklist items, list of choices, and user
registration
You can change (user selection) the
built-in choices.
3-33
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-5.Preset function
• Built-in
The built-in choices can be registered by the user.
• Display Form
Selects vertical or horizontal display and switches
whether or not measurement item multiple displays
display the measurements only during starting.
• Mark Display (2 pages）
Setting for displaying caliper mark and
measurement results
• User’s Calculation
Registers GYN measurement equation
3-34
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-5.Preset function
Switches the display on/off for built-in studies and
registers new studies.
Menu Assign
Registers to the Menu Assign
Selects the checklist items.
Combinations of measurement blocks displayed in report
Transfer List Assignment
Registers display items in the transfer list
(set separately for each mode).
Other
Measurement guide message display setting
3-35
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-5.Preset function
• SW Assignment
+ Mark Key Assignment
Registers the measurement started with the + mark.
• SW Assignment
Hot key Assignment
Registers measurements to hot keys.
• SW Assignment
Registers measurements to the User 1 and 2 switches.
3-36
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-6.
Calculation Formula & Reference
3-6-1. Calculation
3-6-1-1.
Measurement name
Calculation
Uterus Volume
Volume(cm3)
= 0.523 × Length × A − P × Width
Ovary Volume
Volume(cm3)
= 0.523 × Length × A − P × Width
Bldr Volume
Volume(ml)
= π / 6 × Length × Width × A − P
@@ − Volume is derived from @ − L, @ − AP, @ − W , their units
are cm.
Follicles
Volume(cm3)
= 4 / 3 × r3 (r = radius r1 = d1/2)
3-6-2. Anatomy Check List
The Anatomy Check List built in equipment
Heading
Uterus
Right Ovary
Left Ovary
Right Adnexa
Left Adnexa
Cul de Sac
Endometrium
Right Ovarian Cyst
Left Ovarian Cyst
Fibroid
Polyp
Selection
Anteverted, Retroverted, Anteflexed, Retroflexed, Absent,
See Comment, NA
WNL, Fluid, Abnormal, See Comment, NA
Prominent, Normal, Fluid, Polyp, See Comment, NA
None, Simple Complex, Multiple, See Comment, NA
None, Simple Complex, Multiple, See Comment, NA
None, Single, Multiple, See Comment, NA
None, Single, Multiple, See Comment, NA
[Remark]
NA : Not Available = Blank
3-6-3. Clinical References
3-6-3-1.
(1)
B mode
Uterus Volume
Barry B.Goldberg,M.D., Alfred B.Kurtz,M.D.
Atlas of Ultrasound Measurements.
Mosby Year Book Medical Publishers, INC. P194 ISBN 0-8151-3541-6
3-37
MN1-1175 Rev.9
(2)
Ovarian Volume
Pe Harris L.Chohen,MD et al. :
“Ovarian Volumes Measured by US:Bigger than We Think”
Radiology 1990;177:189-192
(3)
Seth Granberg,MD et al.:
“Endometrial thickness as measured by endovaginal ultrasonography for identifying endometrial abnormality”
AM J OBSTET GYNECOL 1991;164:47-52
Theera Tongsong,MD et al.:
“Use of Vaginosonographic Measurements of Endometrial Thickness in the Identification of Abnormal Endometrium in Pre-and Postmenopausal Bleeding”
J Clin Ultrasound 22:479-482,October 1994
Igal Wolman,MD et al.:
“The Sensitivity and Specificity of Vaginal Sonography in Detecting Endometrial Abnormalities in
Women with Postmenopausal Bleeding”
J Clin Ultrasound 24:79-82,February 1996
(4)
Queenan et.al.:
“Ultrasound scanning of ovaries to detect ovulation in women”
Fertility and SterilityVol.34,No.2,August1980
C.O’Herlihy,L.J.Ch.De Crespigny and H.P.Robinson:
“Monitoring ovarian follicular development with real-time ultrasound”
Britishi Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology Vol.87. pp613-618, July1980
3-6-3-2.
(1)
D mode
Uterine Artery
Kurjak,MD et al.:
“Transvaginal color flow Doppler in the assessment of ovarian and uterine blood flow in infertile
women.”
Fertility and Sterility Vol.56,No5,November 1991;870-873
ZEE WEINER, DAN BECK et al.:
“Uterine artery flow velocity waveforms and color flow imaging in women with perimenopausal and
postmenopausal bleeding: Correlation to endometrial histopathology”
Acta Obstet Gynecol
(2)
Ovarian Artery
Kurjak,MD et al.:
“Transvaginal color flow Doppler in the assessment of ovarian and uterine blood flow in infertile
women.”
Fertility and Sterility Vol.56,No5,November 1991;870-87
3-38
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-7.Abbreviation
3-7.
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
Meaning
AB
Abortus
AP
Antero posterior diameter
Bl
Bladder
BTT
Based on Basal Body Temperature
Crv
Cervix
Cycle day
Cycle day
ECTOP
Ectopic
EDV
Endom-T
Fol.
Follicles
Grav
Gravida
GYN Dop 1 — 3
GYN Dop 1 — 3
L
Length
Lt
Left
LMP
Last Menstrual Period
MnV
Mean Velocity
Ov
Ovary
OvA
Ovarian Artery
Para
Para
PI
Pulsatility Index
Pre.Bldr Vol
Pre Bladder Volume
Pst.Bldr Vol
Post Bladder Volume
PSV
RI
Resistance Index
Rt
Right
Rt./Lt.
Right/Left
S/D
Systolic/Diastolic velocity Ratio
Ut
Uterus
UtA
Uterine Artery
V
Volume
W
Width
3-39
MN1-1175 Rev.9
3-7.Abbreviation
3-40
MN1-1175 Rev.9
INDEX(Measurement)
Symbols
B
% STENO-Area measurement (Abdominal)
% STENO-Area measurement (Vascular)
% STENO-Diameter measurement (Abdominal)
% STENO-Diameter measurement (Vascular)
+ Mark Key
+ switch
7-12
5-5
7-11
5-4
1-98
1-5
Numerics
2Caliper
1-38
A
Acceleration measurement
Adrenal measurement
Adrenal Report
AF Pocket
AFI
AFI measurement name
AFI table
AFI tables by Gestational Age
AFV measurement
Amnio Report
Amniotic Fluid Index measurement
Anatomy Check List (Gynecological)
Anatomy Check List (Obstetrical)
Anatomy Check List (Vascular)
Angle measurement
Aortic valve
Application measurement
Area measurement
Area-C measurement
Area-E measurement
Area-Length measurement
Area-T measurement
Arterial blood flow measurement
Artery1(-3) measurement
AS Flow measurement
Attached Images (Abdominal)
Attached Images (Cardiac)
Attached Images (Gynecological)
Attached Images (Obstetrical)
Attached Images (Urological)
Attached Images (Vascular)
Auto Paste function (Abdominal)
Auto Paste function (Cardiac)
Auto Paste function (Gynecological)
Auto Paste function (Obstetrical)
Auto Paste function (Urological)
Auto Paste function (Vascular)
Auxiliary line
AVA measurement
1-55
6-15
6-27
2-21
2-61
2-8
2-88,2-130
2-88
2-21
2-49
2-19
3-22,3-37
2-47,2-76
5-26,5-44
1-38
4-39
1-11
1-31
1-33
1-32
4-10
1-31
7-13
7-16
4-41
7-30
4-72
3-24
2-54
6-29
5-30
7-31
4-73
3-25
2-55
6-30
5-31
1-13
4-20
B (Flow) mode
1-70
B mode
1-29
B mode (Abdominal)
7-5
B mode (Cardiac)
4-10
B mode (Gynecological)
3-4,3-37
B mode (Obstetrical)
2-10
B mode (Urological)
6-4,6-42
B mode (Vascular)
5-4,5-46
B mode Calibration
1-76
B mode LV Function
4-70
B mode relation (Cardiac)
4-8
B, M mode (Obstetrical)
2-89
B.Index
1-40
B/D mode
1-65
Basic Report
2-41
Basic Study Report
7-25
Biophysical Profile Scoring Report
2-48
Bladder Report (Gynecological)
3-21
Bladder Report (Urological)
6-25
Bladder Volume measurement (Gynecological)
3-9
Bladder Volume measurement (Urological)
6-10
Blood Flow measurement
1-70
Blood vessel diameter measurement
7-10
BP-Ellipse measurement
4-15
BPP Scoring
2-48,2-78,2-89
B-Trace method
1-20
Bullet measurement
4-19
C
Calculation for B/D-mode
Calculation for B-mode (Abdominal)
Calculation for B-mode (Cardiac)
Calculation for B-mode (Gynecological)
Calculation for B-mode (Obstetrical)
Calculation for B-mode (Urological)
Calculation for B-mode (Vascular)
Calculation for D-mode
Calculation for D-mode (Cardiac)
Calculation for D-mode (Obstetrical)
Calculation for M-mode
Calculation for M-mode (Cardiac)
Calculation for M-mode (Obstetrical)
Caliper Auto Off
Caliper method
Carotid Artery Report
Carotid Artery Study measurement
CBD measurement
Cervix measurement (Gynecological)
1-103
1-101
7-43
4-87
3-37
2-72
6-41
5-43
1-102
4-92
2-75
1-102
4-89
2-74
1-88
1-86
1-14
5-22
5-10
7-6
3-6
MN1-1175 Rev.9
INDEX(Measurement)
Cervix measurement (Obstetrical)
2-23
Circle mark method
1-18
Circumference length measurement
1-31
Comment input function (Abdominal)
7-22
Comment input function (Cardiac)
4-67
Comment input function (Gynecological)
3-15
Comment input function (Obstetrical)
2-36
Comment input function (Urological)
6-20
Comment input function (Vascular)
5-19
Composite Selection function
2-42
Compound measurement items (Obstetrical)
2-75
Compound mode image
1-6
Congenital dislocation of the hip joint measurement 1-43
Coronary Flow
4-62,4-71
Cortical Thickness measurement
6-14
CSV file (Abdominal)
7-36
CSV file (Cardiac)
4-78
CSV file (Gynecological)
3-30
CSV file (Obstetrical)
2-60
CSV file (Urological)
6-35
CSV file (Vascular)
5-36
CTAR measurement
2-22
CTR measurement
2-22
CVS Report
2-49
D
D mode
D mode (Abdominal)
D mode (Cardiac)
D mode (Gynecological)
D mode (Obstetrical)
D mode (Urological)
D mode (Vascular)
D mode Calibration
D mode relation (Cardiac)
D mode(Vascular)
D.Caliper 2
D.Caliper1
D.Index
D.Trace (1 - 2)
D.Velocity
Deceleration measurement
Display Form
Display items
Display mark
Dist
Distance measurement
Dist-Trace
Dop mode
Dop mode LVOT Flow
Doppler Auto Trace method
Doppler Index
Doppler Manual Trace method
Doppler Range table
Dop-Trace method
1-52
7-13,7-43
4-39
3-11,3-38
2-26
6-16,6-43
5-46
1-78
4-9
5-10
1-58
1-58
1-59
1-64
1-54
1-55
1-89
1-83
1-14
1-29
1-29
1-30
2-90
4-70
1-22
4-99
1-24
2-8,2-131
1-22
Drug & Serum input function
3-20
E
Edit function (Abdominal)
Edit function (Cardiac)
Edit function (Gynecological)
Edit function (Obstetrical)
Edit function (Urological)
Edit function (Vascular)
Ellipse method
Endom-T measurement
7-22
4-68
3-16
2-37
6-21
5-20
1-16,1-32
3-5
F
Fetal Heart Rate measurement
Fetal Ratio tables
Fetal weight
Fetus Doppler PI measurement
Fetus Ratio measurement
Findings function (Abdominal)
Flow Profile
Flow volume
Flow volume (Abdominal)
Follicles Report
Functional outline
FW Equations (Fetus Weight)
FW GROWTH table
FW Growth tables (Normal Range)
FW measurement
2-24
2-86
2-15
2-26
2-17
7-24
1-70
1-65,1-68
7-17
3-8
3-19
1-26
2-84
2-122
2-85
2-7,2-15
G
GA Dating Graph
2-44
GA measurement
2-4,2-10
GA Table
2-93
GA table
2-80
Gallbladder measurement
7-5
GB Wall-T measurement
7-5
General purpose index measurement (B.Index)
1-40
General purpose index measurement (D.Index)
1-59
General purpose index measurement (M.Index)
1-51
Gestational week
2-10
Gibson
4-30
Gr-1
2-44
Graf’s ultrasonic classification
1-46
Graph function (Obstetrical)
2-12,2-43
Graph Function (Urological)
6-28
Growth chart
2-14
GYN Report
3-18
GYN. Dop 1( - 3) measurement
3-12
H
Heart Rate measurement
Histogram measurement
Hot key
1-49,1-53
1-41
1-8,1-99
MN1-1175 Rev.9
INDEX(Measurement)
I
Index
Individual mark
IVC measurement
4-98
1-9
2-33,2-46,2-86,2-124
4-29,4-38
K
Kidney Report
6-26
L
LA/AO measurement
Left atrial-Aortic valve measurement
Length measurement
Liver measurement
Lower Extremity Artery Report
Lower Extremity Artery Study measurement
Lower Extremity Venous Report
Lower Extremity Venous Study measurement
LV Function measurement
LV Mass(AL) measurement
LV Volumes
LVOT Flow measurement
4-22,4-37
4-37
1-47
7-6
5-25
5-12
5-25
5-14
2-25
4-24
4-96
2-30,4-39
M
M mode
M mode (Cardiac)
M mode (Obstetrical)
M mode Calibration
M mode LV Function
M mode relation (Cardiac)
M.Index
Manual Paste function (Abdominal)
Manual Paste function (Cardiac)
Manual Paste function (Gynecological)
Manual Paste function (Obstetrical)
Manual Paste function (Urological)
Manual Paste function (Vascular)
Mark Display
max-IMT measurement
Mean VEL
Mean velocity measurement
mean-IMT measurement
Measured Method
Measured section
Measurement application
Measurement function
Measurement Functions
Measurement mark
Measurement menus
Measurement method
MEASUREMENT switch
Measurement Tools (Application)
1-47
4-30
2-24
1-77
4-70
4-8
1-51
7-32
4-74
3-26
2-56
6-31
5-32
1-89
5-8
1-60
1-60
5-6
1-100
1-83
2-5
1-10
1-9
1-1
1-13
1-10
1-13
1-7
1-90
MEASUREMENT Tools(Create)
Menu Assign
Mitral Valve
Mitral Valve Area measurement
Mitral Valve measurement
Modified Simpson measurement
MR Flow measurement
MS Flow measurement
Multiple pregnancies
Multiplet report
MVA measurement
1-82
1-97
4-48
4-21
4-34
4-17
4-52
4-51
2-31
2-51
4-21
O
OB Dop 1( - 4) measurement
Obstetrical Measurement
Operation sequence (Cardiac)
Operation sequence (Obstetrical)
Operation sequence (Vascular)
Operation sequence(Gynecological)
Other Index
Output to a Personal Computer (Abdominal)
Output to a Personal Computer (Cardiac)
Output to a Personal Computer (Gynecological)
Output to a Personal Computer (Obstetrical)
Output to a Personal Computer (Urological)
Output to a Personal Computer (Vascular)
Ovarian Artery measurement
Ovary measurement
2-28
2-1
4-75
2-57
5-33
3-27
4-99
7-35
4-77
3-29
2-59
6-34
5-35
3-11
3-7
P
P1/2T
Pancreas measurement
Panel switch
Past reports (Abdominal)
Past reports (Cardiac)
Past reports (Gynecological)
Past reports (Obstetrical)
Past reports (Urological)
Past reports (Vascular)
Patient Information (Gynecological)
Patient Information (Obstetrical)
P-Duct measurement
PI
PISA measurementmeasurement
Plaque Score Report
Point
Pombo measurement
Pombo mFS measurement
Portal vein blood flow measurement
PR Flow measurement
Preload Index measurement
Preset function (Abdominal)
Preset function (Cardiac)
Preset function (Gynecological)
1-57
7-7
1-4
7-21
4-66
3-14
2-35
6-19
5-18
3-18
2-39
7-7
1-61
4-55
5-22
1-39
4-25,4-30
4-27,4-32
7-15
4-46
2-29
7-37
4-79
3-31
MN1-1175 Rev.9
INDEX(Measurement)
Preset function (Obstetrical)
Preset function (Urological)
Preset function (Vascular)
Pressure half time
Printing Function (Abdominal)
Printing Function (Cardiac)
Printing Function (Gynecological)
Printing Function (Obstetrical)
Printing Function (Urological)
Printing Function (Vascular)
Prolate method
Property function (Abdominal)
Property function (Cardiac)
Property function (Gynecological)
Property function (Obstetrical)
Property function (Urological)
Property function (Vascular)
Prostate Report
PRS Slice Volume measurement
PS Flow measurement
PSA Volume measurement
Pulmonary Valve
Pulmonary Vein Flow
Pulsatility Index
2-61
6-36
5-37
1-57
7-33
4-75
3-27
2-57
6-32
5-33
1-37
7-34
4-76
3-28
2-58
6-33
5-34
6-23
6-6
4-45
6-4
4-36,4-43
4-47
1-61
R
Ratio measurement
Ratio Normal Range
Regurgitation flow measurement
Renal Artery measurement
Renal Volume measurement
Report Block (Abdominal)
Report Block (Cardiac)
Report Block (Gynecological)
Report Block (Obstetrical)
Report Block (Urological)
Report Block (Vascular)
Report function (Abdominal)
Report function (Cardiac)
Report function (Gynecological)
Report function (Urological)
Report function (Vascular)
Reserved Word Registration
Resistance Index
RI measurement
Right Ventricular Diameter measurement
RVD measurement
RVOT Flow measurement
2-7,4-23
2-128
1-63
6-16
6-13,7-8
7-21
4-66
3-14
2-35
6-19
5-18
7-20
4-65
2-34,3-13
6-18
5-17
1-95
1-56
2-26
4-21
4-21
2-30,4-43
6-9
6-24
7-15
4-12
7-9
1-36
7-9
1-5
1-62
1-96
1-68
1-98
T
TDI PW measurement
Teichholz
Testicle Volume measurement
Testicles Report
Time measurement
TR Flow measurement
Trace method
Trans M Flow measurement
Transfer Function
Tricuspid Valve
Tricuspid Valve measurement
TS Flow measurement
4-57
4-30
6-12
6-25
1-48,1-52
4-54
1-31
4-48
1-11
4-53
4-35
4-53
U
Unit Selection
Upper Extremity Artery Report
Upper Extremity Venous Report
Upper Extremity Venous Study measurement
UpperExtremity Artery Study measurement
Uro. Dop 1( - 4) measurement
USER switch
Uterine Artery measurement
Uterus measurement
1-87
5-24
5-24
5-14
5-12
6-17
1-8
1-90
3-11
3-4
V
Value reuse function
Vascular Dop 1( - 2) measurement
VCR Calibration
Velocity measurement
Velocity measurement (D.Velocity)
Volume
Volume (Volume 1, 2)
Volume 1
Volume 2
1-12
5-16
1-74
1-50
1-54
1-35
1-35
1-35,1-36
1-35,1-37
W
W. Trace (Abdominal)
W. Trace (Vascular)
S
Seminal Vesicles measurement
Seminal Vesicles Report
Shunt blood flow measurement
Simpson measurement
SOL measuremen
Spheroidal method
Spleen measurement
Starting measurement
Stenosis flow measurement
Study Assignment
SV/CO
SW Assignment
7-28
5-28
MN1-1175 Rev.9
MN1-1175 Rev.9
MANUFACTURER ALOKA CO.,LTD.
Aloka Co., Ltd.
22-1, Mure 6-chome, Mitaka-Shi, Tokyo, 181-8622 Japan
Tel : +81-422-45-6049
URL:http:// www.aloka.com
Overseas Offices:
ALOKA GmbH: Authorized EU-representative
Mollsfeld 5, 40670 Meerbusch, Germany
Aloka Beijing Office
1507 Canway Building 66 Nan Li Shi Road Baijing, China 100045
Aloka Co., Ltd. Singapore Office
1, Maritime Square, #10-32/32A, HarbourFront Centre, Singapore, 099253
Distributor
MN1-1175 Rev.9 ‘06.02.14

SSD-4000 - MedWrench

Transcription

Similar documents

Modified Shock Setup Recommendations

Manuales de instrucciones

Lukas 14,16–24: Das Gleichnis vom großen Gastmahl